Attached files

file filename
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - AVENTINE RENEWABLE ENERGY HOLDINGS INCa11-2439_1ex31d1.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - AVENTINE RENEWABLE ENERGY HOLDINGS INCa11-2439_1ex32d1.htm
EX-21.1 - EX-21.1 - AVENTINE RENEWABLE ENERGY HOLDINGS INCa11-2439_1ex21d1.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - AVENTINE RENEWABLE ENERGY HOLDINGS INCa11-2439_1ex31d2.htm
EX-32.2 - EX-32.2 - AVENTINE RENEWABLE ENERGY HOLDINGS INCa11-2439_1ex32d2.htm

Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

[Mark One]

 

x      Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

OR

 

o         Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

for the transition period from                          to                         .

 

Commission file number 001-32922

 

AVENTINE RENEWABLE ENERGY HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

05-0569368

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

 

 

 

One Lincoln Centre

 

 

5400 LBJ Freeway, Suite 450

 

 

Dallas, Texas

 

75240

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(214) 451-6750

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES o  NO x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  YES x  NO o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES o NO x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  YES o  NO o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”  and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  YES o  NO x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2010 was approximately $162,282,880 based upon the closing price of the Common Stock reported for such date on the OTC Bulletin Board.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.  YES x  NO o

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each class of Common Stock, as of the latest practicable date:

 

Class

 

Outstanding as of February 28, 2011

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

 

7,449,046 Shares

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

FORM 10-K

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page No.

 

PART I

 

Item 1.

Business

1

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

15

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

27

Item 2.

Properties

27

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

28

Item 4.

Removed and Reserved

28

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

29

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

32

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

35

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

62

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

62

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

62

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

62

Item 9B.

Other Information

63

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance

64

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

70

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

80

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

82

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

84

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

85

 



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

When we use the terms “Aventine”, “we”, “us”, “our”, and “the Company”, we mean Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

We make statements under the captions “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in other sections of this Form 10-K that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” and the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance based on our growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In particular, you should consider the numerous risks and uncertainties outlined in “Risk Factors.”

 

However, the risks and uncertainties identified in “Risk Factors” are not exhaustive. Other sections of this Form 10-K may include additional factors, which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this Form 10-K to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations and we do not intend to do so.

 

Item 1.  Business

 

General

 

Aventine, a Delaware corporation organized in 2003, is the successor to businesses engaged in the production and marketing of corn-based fuel-grade ethanol in the United States (the “U.S.”) since 1981.  We market and distribute ethanol to many of the leading energy and trading companies in the U.S.  In addition to producing ethanol, our facilities also produce several by-products, such as distillers grain, corn gluten meal and feed, corn germ and grain distillers dried yeast, which generate revenue and allow us to help offset a significant portion of our corn costs. Historically, we had also been a large marketer of ethanol, distributing ethanol purchased from other third party producers in addition to our own ethanol production. However, in late 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, we terminated our marketing alliances and substantially reduced our purchase/resale supply operations.

 

Emergence from Reorganization Proceedings and Related Events

 

On April 7, 2009 (the “Petition Date”), Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under

 

1



Table of Contents

 

Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”).  The Debtors filed their First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on January 13, 2010 (as modified, the “Plan”).  The Plan was confirmed by order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on February 24, 2010 (the “Confirmation Order”) and became effective on March 15, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), the date on which the Company emerged from protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 852, Reorganization (“ASC 852”), we adopted fresh start accounting and adjusted the historical carrying value of our assets and liabilities to their respective fair values at the Effective Date. Simultaneously, the Company determined the fair value of its equity at the Effective Date. The Company selected an accounting convenience date proximate to the Effective Date for purposes of making the aforementioned adjustments to historical carrying values (the “Convenience Date”) because the activity between the Effective Date and the Convenience Date does not result in a material difference in the results. The Company selected a Convenience Date of February 28, 2010. As a result, the Company recorded fresh start accounting adjustments to historical carrying values of assets and liabilities as of February 28, 2010 using market prices, discounted cash flow methodologies based primarily on observable market information and, to a lesser extent, on unobservable market information, and other techniques.

 

For information on the Company’s emergence from reorganization proceedings and related events see Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Industry Overview

 

Ethanol is marketed across the U.S. as a gasoline blend component that serves as a clean air additive, an octane enhancer and a renewable fuel resource. It is blended with gasoline (i) as an oxygenate to help meet fuel emission standards, (ii) to improve gasoline performance by increasing octane levels and (iii) to extend fuel supplies.

 

The U.S. ethanol industry has experienced rapid growth, increasing from 1.5 billion gallons of production in 1999 to approximately 13.23 billion gallons produced in 2010.  According to the Renewable Fuels Association (the “RFA”), the use of the 13.23 billion gallons of ethanol displaced the need for 445 million barrels of oil to refine into gasoline.  The RFA also reports that the U.S. fuel ethanol industry has approximately 204 operating plants and approximately 13.5 billion gallons of annual production capacity (including idled capacity) for 2011.

 

The demand for ethanol has been driven by recent trends as more fully described below:

 

·                  Mandated usage of renewable fuels. The growth in ethanol usage has been supported by regulatory requirements dictating the use of renewable fuels, including ethanol. The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (the “EISA”), confirmed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (the “EPA”) regulations on the Renewable Fuel Standards (the “RFS”) issued on February 3, 2010 (“RFS2”), sets the upper mandate for grain based ethanol to 15.2 billion gallons by 2015, of which 13.2 million gallons relate to corn based ethanol, and 36.0 million gallons by 2022, of which 15.0 million gallons relate to corn based ethanol.

 

·                  Economics of ethanol blending. Refiners and blenders increase the profitability of gasoline they sell by blending ethanol in amounts in excess of mandated levels.  The profitability of blending ethanol is further enhanced by the Volumetric Ethanol Excise Tax Credit (the “VEETC”) of $0.45 for each gallon of ethanol blended.  As the need for automotive fuel increases, we believe ethanol will continue to be used to extend fuel supplies.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

·                  Emission reduction. Ethanol is an oxygenate which, when blended with gasoline, reduces vehicle emissions. Ethanol’s high oxygen content burns more completely, emitting fewer pollutants into the air. Ethanol demand increased substantially beginning in 1990 when federal law began requiring the use of oxygenates (such as ethanol or methyl tertiary butyl ether (‘‘MTBE’’)) in reformulated gasoline in cities with unhealthy levels of air pollution on a seasonal or year round basis. Although the federal oxygenate requirement was eliminated in May 2006 as part of the Energy Policy Act of 2005, oxygenated gasoline continues to be used in order to help meet separate federal and state air emission standards. The refining industry has all but abandoned the use of MTBE, making ethanol the primary clean air oxygenate currently used.

 

·                  Octane enhancer. Ethanol, with an octane rating of 113, is used to increase the octane value of gasoline with which it is blended, thereby improving engine performance. It is used as an octane enhancer both for producing regular grade gasoline from lower octane blending stocks and for upgrading regular gasoline to premium grades.

 

·                  Fuel stock extender. According to the Energy Information Administration, domestic petroleum refinery output has increased by approximately 29% from 1980 to 2008, while domestic gasoline consumption has increased 36% over the same period, which is the latest period for which information is available. By blending ethanol with gasoline, refiners are able to expand the volume of the gasoline they are able to sell.

 

Ethanol Production Processes

 

The production of ethanol from corn can be accomplished through one of two distinct processes: wet milling and dry milling.  According to the RFA, approximately 90% of U.S. ethanol production is at dry mill plants. Though the number of dry mill facilities significantly exceeds the number of wet mill facilities, their size is typically smaller.  The principal difference between the two processes is the initial treatment of the grain and the resulting co-products.  The increased production of higher margin co-products in the wet mill process results in a lower ethanol yield.  At a denaturant blend level of 1.96%, a typical wet mill yields approximately 2.74 gallons of ethanol per bushel of corn while a typical dry mill yields approximately 2.81 gallons of fully denatured ethanol per bushel of corn.

 

Wet Milling

 

In the wet mill process, the corn is soaked or “steeped” in water and sulfurous acid for 24 to 48 hours to separate the grain into its many parts.  After steeping, the corn slurry is processed to separate the various components of the corn kernel, including the corn germ, which is then sold for processing into corn oil.  The starch and any remaining water from the slurry can then be fermented and distilled into ethanol.  The ethanol is then blended with a denaturant, such as natural gasoline, to render it unfit for consumption and thus not subject to the alcohol beverage tax.

 

Dry Milling

 

In a dry mill process, the entire corn kernel is first ground into flour, which is referred to in the industry as “meal”, and is processed without first separating the various component parts of the grain.  The meal is processed with enzymes, ammonia and water, and then placed in a high-temperature cooker to reduce bacteria levels ahead of fermentation.  It is then transferred to fermenters where yeast is added and the conversion of sugar to ethanol begins.  The fermentation process generally takes between 40 and 50 hours.  After fermentation, the resulting liquid is transferred to distillation columns where the ethanol is evaporated from the remaining “stillage” for fuel uses.  As with the wet milling process, the ethanol is then blended with a denaturant, such as natural gasoline, to render the ethanol unfit for consumption and thus not subject to the alcohol beverage tax.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

Business Overview

 

Today we derive our revenue primarily from the sale of ethanol produced at our plants.  Historically, we have sourced ethanol from the following three sources:

 

·                  Ethanol we manufactured at our own plants, which we refer to as equity production;

·                  Ethanol we were obligated to purchase from a third party producer under contract where we shared costs and collected commissions, which we refer to as marketing alliance production; and

·                  Ethanol we purchased either on the spot market or under contract, which we refer to as purchase/resale.

 

We market and sell ethanol without regard to the source of origination.  Gallons of ethanol marketed and distributed were as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Percentage

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Percentage

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2010

 

of Total

 

2009

 

of Total

 

2008

 

Of Total

 

 

 

(In millions, except for percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity production

 

186.4

 

101.3

%

197.5

 

71.2

%

188.8

 

20.2

%

Marketing alliances

 

 

 

30.9

 

11.1

%

505.3

 

54.0

%

Purchase/resale

 

1.2

 

0.7

%

35.5

 

12.8

%

249.0

 

26.6

%

(Increase) decrease in inventory

 

(3.6

)

(2.0

)%

13.6

 

4.9

%

(7.1

)

(0.8

)%

Total gallons

 

184.0

 

100.0

%

277.5

 

100.0

%

936.0

 

100.0

%

 

Equity Ethanol Production

 

Our equity production operations generate the substantial majority of our operating income or loss.  We own and operate one of the few coal-fired, corn wet mill plants in the U.S. in Pekin, Illinois, which we refer to as the “Illinois wet mill facility.”  In addition, we own and operate a natural gas-fired corn dry mill plant in Pekin, Illinois which we refer to as the “Illinois dry mill facility,” and a natural gas-fired corn dry mill plant in Aurora, Nebraska, which we refer to as the “Nebraska facility.”  We refer to our Illinois dry mill and wet mill facilities collectively as our ‘‘Illinois facilities.’’ During 2010, we built 110 million gallon denatured annualized capacity ethanol production facilities at both Mt. Vernon, Indiana, which we refer to as the “Mt. Vernon facility,” and Aurora, Nebraska, which we refer to as the “Aurora West facility.”  Both the Mt. Vernon facility and Aurora West facility were substantially completed by the end of the fourth quarter of 2010; however, in consideration of the winter months, we delayed start-up activities at the Aurora West facility. Additionally, in August 2010 we acquired a 38 million gallon denatured annualized capacity ethanol production facility in Canton, Illinois, which we refer to as the ‘‘Canton facility.”  We expect the Aurora West and Canton facilities to become operational in 2011, subject to weather conditions, commodity prices, and the availability of working capital.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our facilities had a combined total ethanol production capacity of approximately 317 million gallons annually with corn processing capacity of approximately 119 million bushels per year at capacity.  For each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, our facilities had a combined total ethanol production capacity of approximately 207 million gallons annually with corn processing capacity of approximately 77 million bushels per year at capacity.  When all of our plants are online and operating at capacity, our expected total ethanol production will be at approximately 465 million gallons annually.

 

Our plants may operate at a capacity which is less than the stated nameplate capacity.  We occasionally experience plant outages (both planned and unplanned), as well as other related productivity issues.  Planned outages are typically for maintenance and average approximately one week per plant each

 

4



Table of Contents

 

year. We may also occasionally experience either intentional or unplanned outages at our facilities which may negatively impact production and related revenue.

 

Marketing Alliances

 

Historically, our marketing business was an important component of our business. Marketing alliance partners were third-party producers (including producers in which we may have had a non-controlling interest), who sold their ethanol production to us on an exclusive basis.  Due to severely declining margins and general liquidity stress due to frozen credit markets during 2008, we negotiated termination agreements with our marketing alliance partners and began to rationalize our distribution network to primarily focus on sales of our equity production.

 

Purchase/Resale

 

Historically, we have also purchased ethanol from unaffiliated third-party producers and marketers on both a spot basis and under contract.  These transactions were driven by our ability to purchase ethanol and then, through our distribution network and customer relationships, resell the ethanol.  The margin from purchase/resale transactions could be volatile and we occasionally incurred losses on these transactions. As discussed above under “Marketing Alliances”, we began a program to rationalize our distribution network and reduce our sourcing of ethanol from third parties in late 2008.  Our purchase/resale program was part of this rationalization process.

 

Products

 

We generated revenue from the following products:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Percentage
of Total

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Percentage
of Total

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Percentage
of Total

 

 

 

2010

 

Revenue

 

2009

 

Revenue

 

2008

 

Revenue

 

 

 

(In millions, except for percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ethanol

 

$

344.9

 

77.0

%

$

490.3

 

82.5

%

$

2,092.7

 

93.1

%

Co-Products

 

88.5

 

19.7

%

85.4

 

14.4

%

117.8

 

5.2

%

Bio-Products

 

14.9

 

3.3

%

12.5

 

2.1

%

10.7

 

0.5

%

Other

 

 

 

6.4

 

1.0

%

27.1

 

1.2

%

Total

 

$

448.3

 

100

%

$

594.6

 

100.

%

$

2,248.3

 

100.0

%

 

Ethanol

 

Our principal product is fuel-grade ethanol, an alcohol which is derived in the U.S. principally from corn.  Ethanol is sold primarily for blending with gasoline to meet mandates for the required consumption and use of biofuels, as an octane enhancer, as an oxygenate additive for the purpose of meeting fuel emission standards, and as a fuel extender.

 

We experienced a reduction in the 2010 and 2009 percentages of total revenue attributable to ethanol sales, which is the result of the elimination of the ethanol sales dollars attributable to our marketing alliance and substantial reduction in the ethanol sales dollars attributable to our purchase/resale supply operation.

 

By-Products

 

We generate additional revenue through the sale of by-products, both co-products and bio-products, which result from the ethanol production process.  The volume of by-products we produce varies with the level of our equity production.  Scheduled maintenance, along with other non-scheduled operational difficulties, may affect the volume of by-products produced.  We may also shift the mix of these

 

5



Table of Contents

 

by-products to increase our revenue.  By-product revenue is driven by both the quantity of by-products produced and the market price received for our by-products, which have historically tracked the price of corn.  For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recaptured approximately 35.2%, 34.1% and 35.9% of our total corn costs, respectively, from the sale of by-products.

 

In the wet mill process, the remaining parts of the grain are processed into a number of different forms of protein used to feed livestock.  The multiple co-products from a wet mill facility generate a higher level of cost recovery from corn than the principal co-product (dried distillers grains with solubles (“DDGS”)) from the dry mill process.  In addition, a wet mill can produce higher value grain distillers dried yeast in order to lower its net corn cost.

 

Our Illinois wet mill facility produces co-products, such as corn gluten feed (both wet and dry), corn gluten meal, corn distillers with soluble (“CCDS”), and corn germ.  In addition, the fermentation process yields carbon dioxide.  Our dry mill facilities in Pekin, Illinois and Aurora, Nebraska produce co-products such as DDGS, wet distillers grains with soluble and carbon dioxide.  These co-products are sold for various consumer uses into large commodity markets.  Corn gluten feed, corn gluten meal, CCDS and distillers grains are used as animal feed ingredients, corn germ is sold for the extraction of corn oil for human consumption, and carbon dioxide is sold for food-grade use such as beverage carbonation and dry ice.

 

Along with co-products, our Illinois wet mill facility also produces bio-products, Kosher and Chametz freegrain distillers dried yeast, which is processed into a growing variety of products for use in animal and human food and fermentation applications.

 

Co-products produced by the dry mill process have less value historically than those produced by the wet mill process. In the dry mill process, the principal co-product produced is DDGS, which is sold as a protein used in animal feed.  DDGS recovers a portion of the total cost of the corn, although less than the co-products resulting from the wet mill process.

 

Customers

 

The substantial majority of our customer base has purchased ethanol from us for over five years (including our predecessor companies).  In 2010, 2009 and 2008, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 82%, 66% and 50%, respectively, of our consolidated ethanol sales volume.

 

In 2010, Buckeye Energy Services, LLC and BioUrja Trading, LLC (“BioUrja”) accounted for 17.0% and 11.0%, respectively, of the Company’s consolidated net sales.  In 2009, BioUrja and Exxon Mobil accounted for 10.5% and 11.1%, respectively, of the Company’s consolidated net sales.  No other customers in 2010 and 2009 represented more than 10% of Aventine’s consolidated net sales.

 

Pricing and Backlog

 

Ethanol is generally sold through short-term contracts.  The majority of ethanol sold to customers is based upon index prices.  The price of ethanol has historically moved in relation to the price of wholesale gasoline and the value of the VEETC.  However, the price of ethanol over the last three years has been largely driven by supply/demand fundamentals and the price of corn.  As of December 31, 2010, we had contracts for delivery of ethanol totaling 29.3 million gallons through September 30, 2011, of which 11.7 million gallons were based on fixed-price contracts and 17.6 million were at spot prices using Platt and OPIS indices.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Raw Materials and Suppliers

 

Our principal raw material is #2 yellow corn.  In 2010, 2009 and 2008, we purchased approximately 71.8 million, 74.2 million and 71.4 million bushels of corn, respectively.  We contract for our corn requirements through a variety of sources, including farmers, grain elevators, and cooperatives. Due to our plants being located in or near the Midwestern portion of the U.S., we believe that we have ample access to various corn markets and suppliers. At any given time, we may have up to 1.0 million bushels (or a 4 to 5 day supply) of corn stored on-site at our production facilities.

 

The key elements of our corn procurement strategies are the assurance of a stable supply and the avoidance, where possible, of significant exposures to corn price fluctuations.  Corn prices fluctuate daily, typically using the Chicago Board of Trade price as a benchmark.  Corn is delivered to our facilities via truck through local distribution networks and by rail.

 

Utilities

 

The production of ethanol requires significant amounts of natural gas.  In an attempt to minimize the effects of the volatility of the price of natural gas, we may take economic hedging positions in this commodity.

 

We rely upon third parties for our supply of natural gas which is consumed in the production of ethanol at our Illinois dry mill facility and our Nebraska facility. The prices for and availability of natural gas are subject to volatile market conditions. These market conditions often are affected by factors beyond our control such as weather conditions, overall economic conditions and foreign and domestic governmental regulation and relations.  We currently use approximately 3.4 million MMBtu’s of natural gas annually, depending upon business conditions, in the manufacture of our products. Our usage of natural gas will increase as our Mt. Vernon facility reaches nameplate capacity and with the start-up of our Aurora West and Canton facilities.  We expect the Aurora West and Canton facilities to become operational in 2011, subject to weather condition, commodity prices and the availability of working capital.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2010, we had a total of 341 full-time equivalent employees, compared to 302 as of December 31, 2009. Approximately 45% of our current full-time employees (comprised of the hourly employees at our Illinois facilities) are represented by a union. The unionized employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement between our subsidiary, Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc. and the United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industry and Service Workers International Union, Local 7-662 (the “Union”). Our contract with the Union is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2012.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

 

·                Strong Market Position. We are a leading producer and marketer of ethanol in the U.S. based on both gallons of ethanol produced and sold.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, we produced 186.4 million gallons of ethanol and increased our ethanol inventory by 3.6 million gallons for a total sales volume of 184.0 million gallons, including 1.2 million gallons of ethanol sold from non equity production.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

·                  Diversified Supply Base. Our facilities are diversified across geography, fuel source and technology, allowing us to capitalize on multiple opportunities and limit our exposure to any one input. We also generate revenue from multiple sources, including equity (or produced), non-equity (or marketed but not produced) and co-products (or from our production).

 

·                  Supplier of Choice. We maintain long-standing customer relationships with most of the major integrated oil refiners operating in North America (including Royal Dutch Shell and its affiliates, ConocoPhillips, Valero Marketing and Supply Company and Chevron Corporation) due to our ability to distribute ethanol extensively.

 

Low Cost Producer. We believe we are one of the lowest cost producers of ethanol in the U.S. Our Illinois wet mill facility generates 38.0% of its own electricity and its remaining energy needs are met by using lower cost coal, which provides us significant cost savings compared to ethanol facilities that use higher cost natural gas to generate power. In addition, our Illinois wet mill facility, through its wet mill production process, generates higher margin co-products and bio-products, which allowed us to recapture 36.2% of our corn cost in the year ended December 31, 2010, which is a higher percentage than our competitors who employ the dry mill production process. At our Illinois dry mill facility and our Nebraska facility which employs the dry mill process, we recaptured 27.6% and 22.2% of our total corn costs, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

·                Experienced and Proven Management Team. Our management team has a combined 75 years of experience in the ethanol production industry. Our Chief Executive Officer, Thomas Manuel, has 40 years experience in managing commodity-related businesses and John Castle, our Chief Financial Officer, was previously the Senior Vice President of Operations and Chief Financial Officer of White Energy, Inc., an ethanol production company.

 

Competition

 

We operate in a highly competitive ethanol marketing and production industry.  The top ten producers, of which we are one, accounted for approximately 46.2%, 47.9% and 46.6% of total industry capacity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  All of these producers have annual production capacity exceeding 200 million gallons per year.  The largest ethanol producer’s share of domestic capacity increased slightly to 12% in 2010, from 11% in 2009 and 2008.  According to the RFA, the U.S. leads the world in ethanol production with 204 biorefineries in 29 states across the country as of January 2011, with an additional 10 plants either expanding or under construction.

 

As a result of Valero Energy’s acquisition of ten ethanol plants during 2009, the second largest U.S. oil refiner is now a top ten producer with annual ethanol production capacity of approximately 1 billion gallons. The remaining producers consist primarily of small capacity producers and farmer cooperatives.

 

Historically, the world’s ethanol producers have competed primarily on a regional basis.  Imports into the U.S. have generally been limited by an import tariff of $0.54 per gallon (other than from Caribbean basin countries which are exempt from this tariff up to specified limits).  However, in recent years, we have begun facing competition from foreign producers.  Brazil is the world’s second largest ethanol producer.  Brazil makes ethanol primarily from sugarcane, a process which has historically been lower in cost than producing ethanol from corn.  Several large companies produce ethanol in Brazil.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Business and Growth Strategies

 

We are pursuing the following business and growth strategies:

 

·                  Opportunistically Add Production Capacity to Enhance Operating Cash Flow. We have identified opportunities to increase our equity production capacity through the development of new production facilities and are continually exploring acquisition opportunities. During 2010, we built 110 million gallon denatured annualized capacity ethanol production facilities at both Mt. Vernon, Indiana and Aurora, Nebraska, which were substantially completed by the end of the fourth quarter of 2010.  Additionally, in August 2010, we acquired the Canton facility. After the completion of these projects, our expected ethanol production capacity will be approximately 465 million gallons per year.

 

·                  Capitalize on Current and Changing Regulation. Through continued investment in increasing production capacity, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of the current and changing regulatory environment in our industry.  The original RFS program required 7.5 billion gallons of renewable fuel to be blended into gasoline by 2012. Under the EISA, the RFS program was expanded to increase the volume of renewable fuel required to be blended into transportation fuel from 9.0 billion gallons in 2008 to 36.0 billion gallons by 2022, of which 15.0 billion gallons relates to corn based ethanol.

 

·                  Entry into new and diversified markets. We are continually negotiating additional sales agreements. We strive to enhance and optimize multiple modes of transportation and sources of production. In addition, as numerous countries in Europe, Asia, and South America have increased the mandated use of renewable fuels, we believe that there are export opportunities for our ethanol and co-products.

 

·                  Transform from Ethanol Seller to Risk Manager. We apply risk mitigation and management techniques used for decades by well-established agricultural processing businesses such as ConAgra Foods, Cargill, Inc., and Archer-Daniels-Midland Company. We are transforming from a seller of ethanol first and a producer second to a producer with focus on risk and logistics management.

 

Legislative Drivers and Governmental Regulations

 

The U.S. ethanol industry is highly dependent upon federal and state legislation, in particular:

 

·                The EISA;

·                The federal ethanol tax incentive program;

·                Federal tariff on imported ethanol;

·                The use of fuel oxygenates; and

·                Various state mandates.

 

The EISA

 

Enacted into law on December 19, 2007, the EISA significantly increases the volume of renewable fuel required to be blended into transportation fuel from 9.0 billion gallons in 2008 to 36.0 billion gallons by 2022, of which 15.0 billion gallons relates to corn based ethanol. Waiver provisions enable the EPA to reduce the renewable fuel volumetric obligation targets for reasons including severe economic or environmental harm or an inadequate domestic supply of renewable fuels.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

The federal ethanol tax incentive program

 

First passed in 1979, the VEETC program allows gasoline distributors who blend ethanol with gasoline to receive a federal excise tax credit for each gallon of ethanol they blend. The federal Transportation Efficiency Act of the 21st Century, or TEA-21, extended the ethanol tax credit first passed in 1979 through 2007. The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 extended the subsidy again to 2010 by allowing distributors to take a $0.51 excise tax credit for each gallon of ethanol they blend. Under the Food, Conservation and Energy Act of 2008, the tax credit was reduced to $0.45 per gallon for 2009 and thereafter. The tax incentives were extended through 2011. We cannot give assurance that the tax incentives will be renewed in 2011 or, if renewed, on what terms they will be renewed. See ‘‘Risk Factors—The use and demand for ethanol and its supply are highly dependent on various federal and state legislation and regulation, and any changes in legislation or regulation could cause the demand for ethanol to decline or its supply to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.’’

 

Federal tariff on imported ethanol

 

 In 1980, Congress imposed a tariff on foreign produced ethanol to offset the value of federal tax subsidies. This tariff was designed to protect the benefits of the federal tax subsidies for U.S. farmers. The tariff was originally $0.60 per gallon in addition to a 3.0% ad valorem duty. The tariff was subsequently lowered to $0.54 per gallon with a 2.5% ad valorem duty and was not adjusted completely in direct relative proportion with change in the VEETC. The 2008 Farm Bill extended the $0.54 per gallon tariff on foreign produced ethanol until January 1, 2011, and ultimately the tariff was extended through 2011.

 

Ethanol imports from 24 countries in Central America and the Caribbean Islands are exempt from this tariff under the Caribbean Basin Initiative (the “CBI”) in order to spur economic development in that region. Under the terms of the CBI, member nations may export ethanol into the U.S. up to a total limit of 7% of U.S. production per year (with additional exemptions for ethanol produced from feedstock in the Caribbean region over the 7% limit). In the past, significant imports of ethanol into the U.S. have had a negative effect on ethanol prices. See ‘‘Risk Factors—The use and demand for ethanol and its supply are highly dependent on various federal and state legislation and regulation, and any changes in legislation or regulation could cause the demand for ethanol to decline or its supply to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.’’

 

Use of fuel oxygenates

 

Ethanol is used by the refining industry as a fuel oxygenate which, when blended with gasoline, allows engines to burn fuel more completely and reduce emissions from motor vehicles. The use of ethanol as an oxygenate had been driven by regulatory factors, specifically two programs in the federal Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, that required the use of oxygenated gasoline in areas with unhealthy levels of air pollution. Although the federal oxygenate requirements for reformulated gasoline included in the Clean Air Act were completely eliminated on May 5, 2006 by the Energy Policy Act of 2005, refiners continue to use oxygenated gasoline in order to meet continued federal and state fuel emission standards.

 

State Mandates

 

Several states, including Florida, Missouri, Montana, and Oregon have enacted mandates that currently, or will in the future, require ethanol blends of 10% in motor fuel sold within the state. Another state, Minnesota, has a 20% renewable fuel mandate that goes into effect in 2013. These mandates help increase demand for ethanol. As more states consider mandates, or if existing mandates are relaxed or eliminated, the demand for ethanol can be affected.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Patents and Trademarks

 

We own several patents, patent rights and trademarks within the U.S.  We do not consider the success of our business, as a whole, to be dependent on these patents, patent rights and trademarks.

 

Environmental and Regulatory Matters

 

We are subject to extensive federal, state, and local environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permit conditions (and interpretations thereof), including, among other things, those relating to the discharge of hazardous and other waste materials into the air, water and ground, the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation and/or disposal of hazardous materials, and the health and safety of our employees. Compliance with these laws, regulations, and permits requires us to incur significant capital and other costs, including costs to obtain and maintain expensive pollution control equipment. These regulations may also require us to make operational changes to limit actual or potential impacts to the environment. A violation of these laws, regulations or permit conditions can result in substantial administrative and civil fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, imposition of clean-up and site restoration costs and liens, suspension or revocation of necessary permits, licenses and authorizations and/or the issuance of orders enjoining or limiting our current or future operations. In addition, environmental laws and regulations (and interpretations thereof) change over time, and any such changes, more vigorous enforcement policies or the discovery of currently unknown conditions may require substantial additional environmental expenditures.

 

We are also subject to potential liability for the investigation and cleanup of environmental contamination at each of the properties that we own or operate and at off-site locations where we arranged for the disposal of hazardous wastes. For instance, over ten years ago, soil and groundwater contamination from fuel oil contamination at a storage site was identified at our Illinois facility. The fuel oil tanks were removed and a portion of the area has been capped, but no remediation has been performed. If any of these sites are subject to investigation and/or remediation requirements, we may incur strict and/or joint and several liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act or other environmental laws which impose strict liability for all or part of the costs of such investigation, remediation, or removal costs and for damages to natural resources whether the contamination resulted from the conduct of others or from consequences of our own actions that were or were not in compliance with applicable laws at the time those actions were taken.  We may also be subject to related claims by private parties alleging property damage or personal injury due to exposure to hazardous or other materials at or from such properties or other impacts of our operations. While costs to address contamination or related third-party claims could be significant, based upon currently available information, we are not aware of any material liability relating to contamination or such third party claims. We have not accrued any amounts for environmental matters as of December 31, 2010. The ultimate costs of any liabilities that may be identified or the discovery of additional contaminants could adversely impact our results of operation or financial condition.

 

In addition, the hazards and risks associated with producing and transporting our products (such as fires, natural disasters, explosions, abnormal pressures, and spills) may result in releases of hazardous substances and other waste materials, and may result in claims from governmental authorities or third parties relating to actual or alleged personal injury, property damage, or damages to natural resources. We maintain insurance coverage against some, but not all, potential losses associated with our operations. Our coverage includes, but is not limited to, physical damage to assets, employer’s liability, comprehensive general liability, automobile liability, and workers’ compensation. We do not carry environmental insurance. We believe that our insurance is adequate for our industry, but losses could occur for uninsurable or uninsured risks or in amounts in excess of existing insurance coverage. The occurrence of events which result in significant personal injury or damage to our property, natural resources or third parties that is not covered by insurance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Our air emissions are subject to the federal Clean Air Act, as amended, and similar state laws which generally require us to obtain and maintain air emission permits for our ongoing operations, as well as pre-approval for any expansion or construction of existing facilities or new facilities or modification of certain projects or facilities. Obtaining and maintaining those permits requires us to incur costs, and any future more stringent standards may result in increased costs and may limit or interfere with our operations. In addition, the permits ultimately issued may impose conditions which are more costly to implement than we had anticipated. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our failure to comply with air emissions laws and regulations could subject us to monetary penalties, injunctions, conditions or restrictions on operations and, potentially, criminal enforcement actions. Because other ethanol manufacturers in the U.S. are and will continue to be subject to similar laws and restrictions, we do not currently believe that our costs to comply with current or future air emissions laws and regulations will adversely affect our competitive position among domestic producers. However, because ethanol is produced and traded internationally, these costs could adversely affect us in our efforts to compete with foreign producers not subject to such stringent requirements.

 

Federal and state environmental authorities have been investigating alleged excess volatile organic compounds (“VOCS”) emissions and other air emissions from many U.S. ethanol plants, including our Illinois facilities. The investigation relating to our Illinois wet mill facility is still pending, and we could be required to install additional air pollution control equipment or take other measures to control air pollutant emissions at that facility. If authorities require us to install controls, we would anticipate that costs would be approximately $6.5 million, which would be considerably higher than the approximately $3.4 million we incurred in connection with a similar investigation at our Nebraska facility due to the larger size of the Illinois wet mill facility. As of now, we have not established reserves for possible costs we may incur in connection with this investigation. In addition, if the authorities determine our emissions were in violation of applicable law, we would likely be required to pay fines that could be material. With respect to the investigation of our Nebraska facility, we were required to pay a fine of $40,000. Due to the larger capacity of the Illinois facilities, the fine could possibly be larger.

 

We have made, and expect to continue making, significant capital expenditures on an ongoing basis to comply with increasingly stringent environmental laws, regulations and permits, including compliance with the EPA National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (“NESHAP”) for industrial, commercial, and institutional boilers and process heaters, which was issued but subsequently vacated. The vacated version of the rule required us to implement maximum achievable control technology at our Illinois wet mill facility to reduce hazardous air pollutant emissions from our boilers. The EPA is currently rewriting the NESHAP, which is expected to be more stringent than the vacated version. In the absence of a final NESHAP for industrial, commercial, and institutional boilers and process heaters, we are waiting for state authorities to determine what technology will be required at our Illinois wet mill facility and when such technology must be installed. We currently cannot estimate the amount that will be needed to comply with any future federal or state technology requirement regarding air emissions from our boilers.

 

In June 2009, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the American Clean Energy and Security Act of 2009, also known as the Waxman-Markey Bill. The U.S. Senate is considering a number of comparable measures. One such measure, the Clean Energy Jobs and American Power Act, or the Boxer-Kerry Bill, has been reported out of the Senate Committee on Energy and Natural Resources, but has not yet been considered by the full Senate. Although these bills include several differences that require reconciliation before becoming law, both contain the basic feature of establishing a ‘‘cap and trade’’ system for restricting greenhouse gas emissions in the U.S. Under such system, certain sources of greenhouse gas emissions would be required to obtain greenhouse gas emission ‘‘allowances’’ corresponding to their annual emissions of greenhouse gases. The number of emission allowances issued each year would decline as necessary to meet overall emission reduction goals. As the number of greenhouse gas emission allowances declines each year, the cost or value of allowances is expected to escalate significantly. The ultimate outcome of this legislative initiative remains uncertain. Any laws or regulations that may be adopted to

 

12



Table of Contents

 

restrict or reduce emissions of U.S. greenhouse gases could require us to incur increased operating costs, and could have an adverse effect on the revenues we generate from carbon dioxide sales. In addition, at least 20 states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, primarily through the planned development of greenhouse gas emission inventories and/or regional greenhouse gas cap and trade programs.

 

Depending on the particular program, we could be required to purchase and surrender allowances for greenhouse gas emissions resulting from our operations. Although we would not be impacted to a greater degree than other similarly situated companies, a stringent greenhouse gas control program could have an adverse effect on our cost of doing business and could reduce the revenues we generate from carbon dioxide sales.

 

On April 2, 2007, the U.S. Supreme Court found that the EPA has the authority to regulate carbon dioxide emissions from automobiles as ‘‘air pollutants’’ under the Clean Air Act. Although this decision did not address carbon dioxide emissions from electric generating plants, the EPA has similar authority under the Clean Air Act to regulate ‘‘air pollutants’’ from those and other facilities. On April 17, 2009, the EPA released a ‘‘Proposed Endangerment and Cause or Contribute Findings for Greenhouse Gases under the Clean Air Act.’’ The EPA’s proposed finding concludes that the atmospheric concentrations of several key greenhouse gases threaten the health and welfare of future generations and that the combined emissions of these gases by motor vehicles contribute to the atmospheric concentrations of these key greenhouse gases and hence to the threat of climate change. Although the EPA’s proposed finding, if finalized, does not establish emission requirements for motor vehicles, such requirements would be expected to occur through further rulemakings. Additionally, while the EPA’s proposed findings do not specifically address stationary sources, those findings, if finalized, would be expected to support the establishment of future emission requirements by the EPA for stationary sources. On September 23, 2009, the EPA finalized a greenhouse gas reporting rule establishing a national greenhouse gas emissions collection and reporting program. The EPA rules will require covered entities to measure greenhouse gas emissions commencing in 2010 and submit reports commencing in 2011. On September 30, 2009, the EPA proposed new thresholds for greenhouse gas emissions that define when Clean Air Act permits under the New Source Review and Title V operating permits programs would be required. Under the Title V operating permits program, the EPA is proposing a major source emissions applicability threshold of 25,000 tons per year (tpy) of carbon dioxide equivalency for existing industrial facilities. Facilities with greenhouse gas emissions below this threshold would not be required to obtain an operating permit. Under the Prevention of Significant Deterioration portion of the New Source Review, the EPA is proposing a major stationary source threshold of 25,000 tpy of carbon dioxide equivalency. This threshold level would be used to determine if a new facility or a major modification at an existing facility would trigger Prevention of Significant Deterioration permitting requirements. The EPA is also proposing a significance level between 10,000 and 25,000 tpy of carbon dioxide equivalency. Existing major sources making modifications that result in an increase of emissions above the significance level would be required to obtain a Prevention of Significant Deterioration permit. The EPA is requesting comment on a range of values in this proposal, with the intent of selecting a single value for the greenhouse gas significance level. These proposals, along with new federal or state restrictions on emissions of carbon dioxide that may be imposed in areas of the U.S. in which we conduct business could also adversely affect our cost of doing business and demand for the ethanol we produce.

 

On February 3, 2010 the EPA announced final revisions RFS2. This rule makes changes to the RFS program as required by the EISA. The revised statutory requirements establish new specific annual volume standards for cellulosic biofuel, biomass-based diesel, advanced biofuel, and total renewable fuel that must be used in transportation fuel. The revised statutory requirements also include new definitions and criteria for both renewable fuels and the feedstock used to produce them, including new greenhouse gas emission thresholds as determined by lifecycle analysis. The regulatory requirements for RFS2 will apply to domestic and foreign producers and importers of renewable fuel used in the U.S.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

This final action is intended to lay the foundation for achieving significant reductions of greenhouse gas emissions from the use and creation of renewable fuels, reductions of imported petroleum and further development and expansion of our nation’s renewable fuels sector.

 

This rule sets the 2010 RFS volume standard at 12.95 billion gallons for 2010, of which 12.0 billion gallons relate to corn based ethanol, and 13.95 gallons for 2011, of which 12.6 billion gallons relate to corn based ethanol. Further, for the first time, the EPA is setting volume standards for specific categories of renewable fuels including cellulosic, biomass-based diesel, and total advanced renewable fuels. For 2010, the cellulosic standard was set at 6.5 million gallons, and the biomass based diesel standard was set at 1.15 billion gallons (combining the 2009 and 2010 standards as proposed). For 2011, the cellulosic standard is set at 6.6 million gallons, and the biomass based diesel standard is set at 1.20 billion gallons.

 

In order to qualify for these new volume categories, fuels must demonstrate that they meet certain minimum greenhouse gas reduction standards, based on a lifecycle assessment, in comparison to the petroleum fuels they displace. Generally, ethanol plants either must meet the 20% reduction test or are grandfathered under special provisions.

 

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 

Aventine files current, annual and quarterly reports, and other information required by the Exchange Act, with the SEC. You may read and copy any document the company files at the SEC’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, U.S.A. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The Company’s SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Our public internet site is http://www.aventinerei.com. We will make available free of charge our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and Forms 3, 4, and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, to the extent we and such persons are required to file such reports, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Also available on our website, and available in print upon request, are our corporate governance guidelines, the charters of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees, and a copy of our code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, including our chief executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or other persons performing similar functions.  Information on our website should not be considered to be part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

Aventine expects to furnish its proxy materials and audited financial statements to security holders subsequent to the filing of this annual report on Form 10-K, and will furnish copies of such materials to the SEC.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

Since our consolidated financial statements reflect fresh-start accounting adjustments, our future financial statements will not be comparable in many respects to our financial information from prior periods.

 

On April 7, 2009, we filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Our Plan became effective on March 15, 2010. In connection with our emergence from the Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings, we implemented fresh-start accounting in accordance with ASC 852, as of February 28, 2010, which had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Thus, our future consolidated financial statements will not be comparable in many respects to our consolidated financial statements for periods prior to our adoption of fresh-start accounting and prior to accounting for the effects of the reorganization proceedings. Our past financial difficulties and bankruptcy filing may have harmed, and may continue to have a negative effect on, our relationships with investors, customers and suppliers.

 

We have substantial liquidity needs and may be required to seek additional financing.

 

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents on hand, cash provided by operations, and cash provided by our revolving credit facility with PNC Bank National Association (the “Revolving Facility”). On February 28, 2011, the Company amended the Revolving Facility which increased the maximum loan amount from $20.0 million to $30.0 million.  The amendment requires the Company to provide cash as security for all outstanding and undrawn letters of credit but allows the Company to utilize the existing $5.0 million pledged to PNC as part of the cash required to secure the letters of credit.  As of February 28, 2011, the Company had cash secured letters of credit of $10.3 million and $3.6 million in letters of credit secured by the undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement between the Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, and PNC Bank National Association, as lender and agent, dated March 15, 2010 (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”).  Upon the execution of the amendment, the Company moved $3.6 million of the previously pledged $5.0 million of cash as security for the letters of credit.  The Company continues to be subject to all other terms and restrictions contained in the original agreement.

 

Our liquidity position is significantly influenced by our operating results, which in turn are substantially dependent on commodity prices, especially prices for corn, ethanol, natural gas, and unleaded gasoline. As a result, adverse commodity price movements adversely impact our liquidity. We cannot assure you that the amounts of cash available from operations, together with the Revolving Facility, will be sufficient to fund our operations.

 

Our ability to maintain adequate liquidity depends in part upon industry conditions and general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory, and other factors beyond our control. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the success of our efforts. In the event that cash flows and borrowings under the Revolving Facility are not sufficient to meet our cash requirements, we may be required to seek additional financing. We can provide no assurance that additional financing would be available or, if available, offered to us on acceptable terms.

 

We have significant indebtedness under a term loan facility and the Revolving Facility. Our term loan facility and the Revolving Facility have substantial restrictions and affirmative covenants and we may have difficulty obtaining additional credit, which could adversely affect our operations.

 

As of December 31, 2010, we had an aggregate of approximately $348.0 million in debt outstanding due to a $200 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) with Citibank N.A. (the “Term Loan Agreement”) and our 13% senior secured notes due 2015 (the “Notes”).  In addition, we had availability under the Revolving Facility of approximately $4.1 million as of December 31, 2010 without giving effect to our February 2011 amendment to the Revolving Facility. As a result of our indebtedness, we will use a

 

15



Table of Contents

 

portion of our cash flow to pay interest and principal when due, which will reduce the cash available to finance our operations and other business activities and could limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.  On January 21, 2011, we utilized $164.8 million of our restricted cash to redeem the Notes.

 

Our indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility restricts our ability to engage in certain activities. These restrictions limit our ability, subject to certain exceptions, to, among other things:

 

·                  incur additional indebtedness and issue stock;

·                  make prepayments on or purchase indebtedness in whole or in part;

·                  pay dividends and other distributions with respect to our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

·                  make investments;

·                  enter into transactions with affiliates;

·                  create or incur liens to secure debt;

·                  consolidate or merge with another entity, or allow one of our subsidiaries to do so;

·                  lease, transfer or sell assets and use proceeds of permitted asset leases, transfers or sales;

·                  incur dividend or other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries;

·                  make capital expenditures beyond specified limits;

·                  engage in specified business activities; and

·                  acquire facilities or other businesses.

 

We also are required to comply with certain affirmative covenants. Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants in the future is uncertain and will be affected by the levels of cash flow from our operations and events or circumstances beyond our control. Our failure to comply with any of the restrictions and covenants could result in an event of default, which, if it continues beyond any applicable cure periods, could cause all of our existing indebtedness to be immediately due and payable.

 

We depend on the Revolving Facility for future working capital needs. If there is an event of default by us under the Revolving Facility that continues beyond any applicable cure period, we may be unable to borrow to fund our operations.

 

We may be unable to secure additional financing.

 

Our ability to arrange, in addition to the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan Facility, financing (including any extension or refinancing) and the cost of additional financing are dependent upon numerous factors. Access to capital (including any extension or refinancing) for participants in the biofuels industry, including us, has been significantly restricted and may, as a result of our voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in April 2009 and recent emergence from the reorganization proceedings on March 15, 2010, be further restricted in the future. Other factors affecting our access to financing include:

 

·                  general economic and capital market conditions;

·                  conditions in biofuels markets;

·                  regulatory developments;

·                  credit availability from banks or other lenders for us and our industry peers, as well as the economy in general;

·                  investor confidence in the biofuels industry and in us;

·                  the continued reliable operation of our ethanol production facilities; and

·                  provisions of tax and securities laws that are conducive to raising capital.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

We may not be able to generate enough cash flow to meet our debt obligations.

 

We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary significantly from year to year due to the cyclical nature of our industry. As a result, the amount of debt we can manage in some periods may not be appropriate for us in other periods. Additionally, our future cash flow may be insufficient to meet our debt obligations and commitments. Any insufficiency could negatively impact our business. A range of economic, competitive, business and industry factors will affect our future financial performance, and, as a result, our ability to generate cash flow from operations, and to pay our debt. Many of these factors, such as ethanol prices, corn prices, economic, and financial conditions in our industry and the global economy or competitive initiatives of our competitors, are beyond our control.

 

If we do not generate enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or raising additional capital.

 

We cannot assure you, however, that undertaking alternative financing plans, if necessary, would allow us to meet our debt obligations. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to obtain alternative financing, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Our floating rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

 

Borrowings under the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan Facility bear interest at floating rates and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash available for servicing our indebtedness would decrease.

 

Our business is dependent upon the availability and price of corn. Significant disruptions in the supply of corn will materially affect our operating results. In addition, since we generally cannot pass on increases in corn prices to our customers, continued periods of historically high corn prices will also materially adversely affect our operating results.

 

The principal raw material we use to produce ethanol and ethanol by-products is corn. In 2010, we purchased approximately 71.8 million bushels of corn, which comprised about 72.0% of our total cost of production. We believe a systemic shift has occurred in the marketplace for corn, and the price of corn will remain significantly higher than the historical averages. The increase in the U.S. ethanol capacity under construction could outpace increases in corn production, which may further increase corn prices and impact our profitability.

 

Changes in the price of corn have had an impact on our business. In general, higher corn prices produce lower profit margins and, therefore, represent unfavorable market conditions. This is especially true when market conditions do not allow us to pass along increased corn costs to our customers. At certain levels, corn prices may make ethanol uneconomical to use in markets and volumes above the requirements set forth in the RFS program or for which ethanol is used as an oxygenate in order to meet federal and state fuel emission standards.

 

The price of corn is influenced by general economic, market, and regulatory factors. These factors include weather conditions, farmer planting decisions, government policies, and subsidies with respect to agriculture and international trade and global demand and supply. The significance and relative impact of these factors on the price of corn is difficult to predict. Factors such as severe weather or crop disease could have an adverse impact on our business because we may be unable to pass on higher corn costs to our customers. Any event that tends to negatively impact the supply of corn will tend to increase prices and

 

17



Table of Contents

 

potentially harm our business. The increasing ethanol capacity could boost demand for corn and result in increased prices for corn. We expect the price of corn to continue to remain at levels that would be considered as high when compared to historical periods.

 

The market for natural gas is subject to market conditions that create uncertainty in the price and availability of the natural gas that we utilize in our manufacturing process.

 

We rely upon third parties for our supply of natural gas which is consumed in the production of ethanol, including at our natural gas-fired corn dry mill plant in Pekin, Illinois and our natural gas-fired corn dry mill plant in Aurora, Nebraska.  The prices for and availability of natural gas are subject to volatile market conditions. These market conditions often are affected by factors beyond our control such as weather conditions, overall economic conditions and foreign and domestic governmental regulation and relations. Significant disruptions in the supply of natural gas could temporarily impair our ability to produce ethanol for our customers. Further, increases in natural gas prices or changes in our natural gas costs relative to natural gas costs paid by competitors may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. The price fluctuation in natural gas prices over the ten year period from 2001 through December 31, 2010, based on the New York Mercantile Exchange, or NYMEX, daily futures data, has ranged from a low of $1.69 per MMBtu in November 2001 to a high of $18.48 per MMBtu in February 2003. We currently use approximately 3.4 million MMBtu’s of natural gas annually, depending upon business conditions, in the manufacture of our products. Our usage of natural gas will increase as our Mt. Vernon facility reaches nameplate capacity and with the start-up of our Aurora West and Canton facilities.  We expect the Aurora West and Canton facilities to become operational in 2011, subject to weather condition, commodity prices and the availability of working capital.

 

Fixed price and gasoline related contracts for ethanol may be at a price level lower than the prevailing price.

 

At any given time, contract prices for ethanol may be at a price level different from the current prevailing price, and such a difference could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.  At December 31, 2010, we had fixed-priced contracts to sell 11.7 million gallons of ethanol.

 

We may engage in hedging or derivative transactions which involve risks that can harm our business.

 

In an attempt to minimize the effects of the volatility of the price of corn, natural gas, electricity and ethanol (‘‘commodities’’), we may take economic hedging positions in the commodities. Economic hedging arrangements also expose us to the risk of financial loss in situations where the other party to the hedging contract defaults on its contract or there is a change in the expected differential between the underlying price in the hedging agreement and the actual price of the commodities. Although we attempt to link our economic hedging activities to sales plans and pricing activities, occasionally such hedging activities can themselves result in losses. As a result, our results of operations may be adversely affected during periods in which corn and/or natural gas prices increase.

 

Our hedging or derivative transactions may be adversely affected by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which, among other things, aims to improve transparency and accountability in derivative markets. While the Dodd-Frank Act increases the regulatory authority of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) regarding over-the-counter derivatives, there is uncertainty on several issues related to market clearing, definitions of market participants, reporting, and capital requirements, and many details remain to be addressed in CFTC rulemaking proceedings.  At this time we are unable to predict what effect, if any, these provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will have on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Changes in ethanol prices can affect the value of our inventory which may significantly affect our profitability.

 

Our inventory is valued based upon a weighted average of our cost to produce ethanol and the price we pay for ethanol that we purchase from other producers. Due to the dissolution of the marketing alliance in early 2009, we no longer make purchases of ethanol from alliance partners but continue to engage in purchase/resale transactions, as needed, to fulfill our sales commitments. Changes, either upward or downward, in our purchased cost of ethanol or our own production costs, will cause the inventory value to fluctuate from period to period, perhaps significantly. These changes in value flow through our statement of operations as the inventory is sold and can significantly increase or decrease our profitability.

 

The relationship between the sales price of our by-products and the price we pay for corn can fluctuate significantly which may affect our results of operations and profitability.

 

We sell co-products and bio-products that are remnants of the ethanol production process in order to reduce our corn costs and increase profitability. Historically, sales prices for these co-products have tracked along with the price of corn. However, there have been occasions when the value of these co-products and bio-products has lagged behind increases in corn prices. As a result, we may occasionally generate less revenue from the sale of these co-products and bio-products relative to the price of corn. In addition, several of our co-products compete with similar products made from other plant feedstock. The cost of these other feedstocks may not have risen as corn prices have risen. Consequently, the price we may receive for these products may not rise as corn prices rise, thereby lowering our cost recovery percentage relative to corn.

 

Fluctuations in the demand for gasoline may reduce demand for ethanol.

 

Ethanol is marketed as an oxygenate to reduce vehicle emissions from gasoline, as an octane enhancer to improve the octane rating of gasoline with which it is blended, and as a fuel extender. As a result, ethanol demand has historically been influenced by the supply of and demand for gasoline. If gasoline demand decreases, our ability to sell our product and our results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

 

If the expected increase in ethanol demand does not occur, or if the demand for ethanol otherwise decreases, the excess capacity in our industry may increase further.

 

According to the RFA, domestic ethanol capacity, including capacity under construction, has increased significantly from approximately 1.8 billion gallons per year at January 1999 to 14.0 billion gallons per year at January 2011. Demand for ethanol increased by 22% over 2009, 37% over 2008, 93% over 2007 and 142% over 2006 through increased penetration into new markets and a government mandate; however the production capacity of U.S. ethanol producers continues to exceed demand. In 2010, the production capacity of U.S. ethanol producers exceeded the demand by approximately 0.4%.  If additional demand for ethanol is not created, either through discretionary blending or an increase in the blending percentage allowed by the EPA, the excess supply may cause additional plants to shutter production or cause ethanol prices to decrease further, perhaps substantially.

 

Consumer resistance to the use of ethanol may affect the demand for ethanol, which could affect our ability to market our product.

 

Media reports in the mainstream press indicate that some consumers believe the use of ethanol will have a negative impact on retail gasoline prices or is the reason for increases in food prices. Many also believe that ethanol adds to air pollution and harms car and truck engines. Still other consumers believe that the process of producing ethanol actually uses more fossil energy, such as oil and natural gas, than the amount of energy produced by ethanol. These consumer beliefs could be wide-spread in the future. If

 

19



Table of Contents

 

consumers choose not to buy ethanol blended fuels, it would affect the demand for the ethanol we produce which could lower demand for our product and negatively affect our profitability.

 

Research is currently underway to develop production of biobutanol and similar products that could directly compete with ethanol and may have potential advantages over ethanol.

 

Biobutanol, an advanced biofuel produced from agricultural feedstock, is currently being developed by various parties, including a partnership between BP p.l.c. (“BP”) and E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (“DuPont”). According to the partnership, biobutanol has many advantages over ethanol. Similar developments are also being undertaken with respect to isobutanol. The advantages include: low vapor pressure, making it more easily added to gasoline; energy content closer to that of gasoline, such that the decrease in fuel economy caused by the blending of biobutanol or isobutanol with gasoline is less than that of other biofuels when blended with gasoline; they can be blended at higher concentrations than other biofuels for use in standard vehicles; they are less susceptible to separation when water is present than in pure ethanol gasoline blends; and they are expected to be potentially suitable for transportation in gas pipelines, resulting in a possible cost advantage over ethanol producers relying on rail transportation. Although BP and DuPont have not announced a timeline for producing biobutanol on a large scale, if biobutanol or isobutanol production comes online in the U.S., they could have a competitive advantage over ethanol and could make it more difficult to market our ethanol, which could reduce our ability to generate revenue and profits.

 

We sell ethanol primarily to the major oil companies and traders and therefore we can from time to time be subject to a high degree of concentration of our sales and accounts receivable.

 

We sell ethanol to most of the major integrated oil companies and a significant number of large, independent refiners and petroleum wholesalers. Our trade receivables result primarily from our ethanol marketing operations. As a general policy, collateral is not required for receivables, but customers’ financial condition and creditworthiness are evaluated regularly. Credit risk concentration related to our accounts receivable results from our top ten customers having generated 61.7% and 54.7% of our consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In 2010 and 2009, two customers represented more than 10% of Aventine’s consolidated net sales. In 2008, no customers represented more than 10% of Aventine’s consolidated net sales.

 

If we would suddenly lose a major customer and not be able to replace the demand for our product very quickly, it could have a material impact on our sales and profitability.

 

We are substantially dependent on our operational facilities and any operational disruption could result in a reduction of our sales volumes and could cause us to incur substantial expenditures.

 

As of December 31, 2010, the substantial majority of our income was derived from the sale of ethanol and the related by-products that we produced at our facilities. Our operations may be subject to significant interruption if any of our facilities experiences a major accident or is damaged by severe weather or other natural disaster. In addition, our operations may be subject to labor disruptions and unscheduled downtime, or other hazards inherent in our industry. Some of those hazards may cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property, natural resources and equipment, pollution and environmental damage, clean-up responsibilities, and repairs to resume operations and may result in suspension or termination of operations and the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. As protection against these hazards, we maintain property, business interruption and casualty insurance which we believe is in accordance with customary industry practices, but we cannot provide any assurance that this insurance will be adequate to fully cover the potential hazards described above or that we will be able to renew this insurance on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Risks associated with the operation of our production facilities may have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our revenue is dependent on the continued operation of our various production facilities. The operation of production plants involves many risks including:

 

·                  the breakdown, failure or substandard performance of equipment or processes;

·                  inclement weather and natural disasters;

·                  the need to comply with directives of, and obtain and maintain all necessary permits from, governmental agencies;

·                  raw material supply disruptions;

·                  labor force shortages, work stoppages, or other labor difficulties; and

·                  transportation disruptions.

 

The occurrence of material operational problems, including but not limited to the above events, may have an adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of a particular facility, or to us as a whole.

 

We may encounter unanticipated difficulties in operating our recently constructed plants, which could reduce sales and cause us to incur substantial losses.

 

The Delta-T technology to be utilized at our recently constructed plants is currently in use only in a small number of ethanol plants, mostly with smaller capacities than ours. We are aware of certain plant design issues that may impede the reliable operation of the plants and continuous operations. We are in the process of addressing these issues but we have no assurance that our initiatives will be successful or can be implemented in a timely fashion or without an extended period of interruption to operations.

 

Growth in the sale and distribution of ethanol is dependent on the changes in and expansion of related infrastructure, which may not occur on a timely basis, if at all, and our operations could be adversely affected by infrastructure disruptions.

 

Substantial development of infrastructure by persons and entities outside our control are required for our operations and the ethanol industry generally to grow. Areas requiring expansion include, but are not limited to, additional rail capacity, additional storage facilities for ethanol, increases in truck fleets capable of transporting ethanol within localized markets, expansion of refining and blending facilities to handle ethanol, growth in service stations equipped to handle ethanol fuels, and growth in the fleet of flexible fuel vehicles. Substantial investments required for these infrastructure changes and expansions may not be made or they may not be made on a timely basis.

 

Any delay or failure in making the changes in or expansion of infrastructure could hurt the demand or prices for our products, impede our delivery of products, impose additional costs on us or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Our business is dependent on the continuing availability of infrastructure and any infrastructure disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

We are contractually obligated to complete certain capacity expansions in Aurora, Nebraska and Mt. Vernon, Indiana. If we fail to complete them in a timely manner, we may be subject to material penalties.

 

On or about March 23, 2010, in accordance with the terms of a stipulation filed with the Bankruptcy Court, we paid approximately $2.1 million to the Aurora Co-operative, representing penalties of (i) approximately $0.8 million, arising under a Master Development Agreement with the Aurora Co-operative for failure to complete construction of the Aurora West facility, for the period of July 1, 2009 through and including December 31, 2009, and (ii) approximately $1.3 million in the event that we had not completed the Aurora West facility by September 30, 2010 for each month starting from January 1, 2010 through and

 

21



Table of Contents

 

including September 30, 2010. Beginning on October 1, 2010, we have been subjected to additional penalties of $138,889 per month, and will remain subject to these penalties until the plant (although constructed) is operational or total penalties equaling $5.0 million have been paid by us, whichever comes first. In addition, if we fail to diligently pursue completion of the Aurora West plant or complete the plant by July 31, 2012, such that it is fully operational by such date, the Aurora Co-operative has the option to repurchase the property at $16,500 per acre (subject to adjustment). Pursuant to the Plan, various other agreements with the Aurora Co-operative, as amended, were assumed by us and should ensure that the Aurora West facility will be able to operate once fully operational. However, there is no certainty that future disagreements between us and the Aurora Co-operative will not arise as to the terms of these agreements, which could impact completion of the Aurora West facility.

 

Prior to confirmation of the plan of reorganization, we amended our lease with the Indiana Ports Commission to provide additional flexibility as to the timing of the completion of Phase One and the construction of the Phase Two expansion at the Mt. Vernon facility. This lease, as amended, requires our Mt. Vernon subsidiary to construct Phase Two (an additional 110 million gallons of capacity) before constructing a new facility elsewhere (other than at Aurora West). If we are in default of this obligation, the Indiana Ports Commission may, subject to specified cure rights, take over construction and complete the facility at our expense (among other remedies).

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry with low barriers to entry.

 

In the U.S., we compete with other corn processors and refiners, including Archer-Daniels-Midland Company, Green Plains Renewable Energy, Valero, Biofuels Energy Corporation, Hawkeye Holdings, Inc., Pacific Ethanol, Cargill, Inc. and A.E. Staley Manufacturing Company, a subsidiary of Tate & Lyle, PLC. Some of our competitors are divisions of larger enterprises and have greater financial resources than we do. Certain of our competitors have significantly larger market shares than we have, and tend to be price leaders in the industry.  If any of these competitors were to significantly reduce their prices, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.  Although many of our competitors are larger than we are, we also have smaller competitors. Farm cooperatives comprised of groups of individual farmers have been able to compete successfully. As of December 2010, the top ten domestic producers accounted for approximately 46.2% of all production. If our competitors consolidate or otherwise grow and/or we are unable to similarly increase our size and scope, our business and prospects may be significantly and adversely affected.

 

We also face increasing competition from international suppliers. Although there is a tariff on foreign produced ethanol that is slightly larger than the federal ethanol tax incentive, ethanol imports equivalent to up to 7% of total domestic production from certain countries were exempted from this tariff under the Caribbean Basin Initiative to spur economic development in Central America and the Caribbean.

 

Our competitors also include plants owned by farmers who earn their livelihood through the sale of corn, and hence may not be as focused on obtaining optimal value for their produced ethanol as we are and would potentially be more willing to sell their ethanol at a lower price than us.

 

Certain countries can import ethanol into the U.S. duty free, which may undermine the ethanol industry in the U.S.

 

Imported ethanol is generally subject to a $0.54 per gallon tariff and a 2.5% ad valorem tax that was designed to offset the $0.45 per gallon ethanol subsidy currently available under the federal excise tax incentive program for refineries and blenders that mix ethanol with their gasoline. At a certain price level, imported ethanol may become profitable for sale in the U.S. despite the tariff. This occurred in 2006, due to a spike in the ethanol prices and insufficient supply. As a result, there may effectively be a ceiling on U.S. ethanol prices. This, combined with uncertainties surrounding U.S. producers’ ability to meet domestic demand, resulted in significant imports of ethanol, especially from Brazil. Furthermore, East Coast

 

22



Table of Contents

 

facilities are better suited to bringing in product by water rather than rail (the preferred path for ethanol from the Midwest). The combination made it more economic for some buyers to import ethanol with the full import duty than to bring supplies from the Midwest. Given the increase in ethanol demand as a result of the new RFS and potential transportation bottlenecks delivering material from the Midwest, imports of ethanol could rise.

 

The use and demand for ethanol and its supply are highly dependent on various federal and state legislation and regulation, and any changes in legislation or regulation could cause the demand for ethanol to decline or its supply to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Various federal and state laws, regulations and programs have led to increased use of ethanol in fuel. For example, certain laws, regulations and programs provide economic incentives to ethanol producers and users. Among these regulations are (1) the RFS, which requires an increasing amount of renewable fuels to be used in the U.S. each year, (2) the VEETC, which provides a tax credit of $0.45 per gallon on 10% ethanol blends that is set to expire in 2011, (3) the small ethanol producer tax credit, for which we do not qualify because of the size of our ethanol plants, and (4) the federal “farm bill,” which establishes federal subsidies for agricultural commodities including corn, our primary feedstock. These laws, regulations, and programs are regularly changing, and sections of the RFS currently are the subject of legal challenges in federal court. Federal and state legislators and environmental regulators could adopt or modify laws, regulations, or programs that could affect adversely the use of ethanol. Barring a change in current regulation, requirements for the state of California will make it difficult for ethanol produced from corn in many Midwestern states to be used as a fuel in California beginning in 2011. In addition, certain state legislatures oppose the use of ethanol because they must ship ethanol in from other corn-producing states, which could significantly increase gasoline prices in the state.

 

The RFS2, issued on February 3, 2010 by the EPA, may require producers to include alternative technologies in plants under construction, which may increase the cost to complete our Canton facility or acquire new facilities.

 

The EPA’s recently released RFS2 includes requirements that the lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions of a qualifying renewable fuel must be less than the lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions of the 2005 baseline average gasoline or diesel fuel that it replaces. The lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions threshold for renewable fuel (e.g., ethanol) is 20%. Fuels from existing capacity of current facilities and from facilities that commenced construction prior to December 19, 2007 are exempt or grandfathered from the 20% lifecycle requirement under certain circumstances. The EPA issued a Direct Final Rule that, among other things, requires all plants that commenced construction prior to the enactment of the EISA to complete construction by December 19, 2010. Plants not exempt or grandfathered must include advanced efficient technologies as defined by the regulations in order to meet the RFS2 requirements. As a result, Phase Two of our Mt. Vernon facility, the Canton facility, or other facilities we may construct or acquire may not be exempt from the 20% lifecycle requirement and could require inclusion of advanced efficient technologies, which could require substantial capital.

 

Various studies have criticized the efficiency of ethanol, which could lead to the reduction or repeal of incentives and tariffs that promote the use and domestic production of ethanol.

 

Although many trade groups, academics, and governmental agencies have supported ethanol as a fuel additive that promotes a cleaner environment, others have criticized ethanol production as consuming considerably more energy and emitting more greenhouse gases than other biofuels. In particular, two February 2008 studies concluded the current production of corn-based ethanol results in more greenhouse gas emissions than conventional fuels if both direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions, including those resulting from land use changes resulting from planting crops for ethanol feedstocks, are taken into account. Other studies have suggested that corn-based ethanol is less efficient than ethanol produced from switch

 

23



Table of Contents

 

grass or wheat grain. If these views gain acceptance, support for existing measures promoting use and domestic production of corn-based ethanol could decline leading to reduction or repeal of these measures.

 

We may be adversely affected by environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and liabilities.

 

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permit conditions (and interpretations thereof), including, among other things, those relating to the discharge of hazardous and other waste materials into the air, water, and ground, the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation and/or disposal of hazardous materials, and the health and safety of our employees. Compliance with these laws, regulations, and permits require us to incur significant capital and other costs, including costs to obtain and maintain expensive pollution control equipment. They may also require us to make operational changes to limit actual or potential impacts to the environment. A violation of these laws, regulations, or permit conditions can result in substantial administrative and civil fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, imposition of clean-up and site restoration costs and liens, suspension or revocation of necessary permits, licenses and authorizations and/or the issuance of orders enjoining or limiting our current or future operations. In addition, environmental laws and regulations (and interpretations thereof) change over time, and any such changes, more vigorous enforcement policies or the discovery of currently unknown conditions may require substantial additional environmental expenditures.

 

We are also subject to potential liability for the investigation and cleanup of environmental contamination at each of the properties that we own or operate and at off-site locations where we arranged for the disposal of hazardous wastes. For instance, over ten years ago, soil and groundwater contamination from fuel oil contamination at a storage site was identified at our Illinois facility. The fuel oil tanks were removed and a portion of the area has been capped, but no remediation has been performed. If any of these sites are subject to investigation and/or remediation requirements, we may incur strict and/or joint and several liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act or other environmental laws which impose strict liability for all or part of the costs of such investigation, remediation, or removal costs and for damages to natural resources whether the contamination resulted from the conduct of other or from consequences of our own actions that were or were not in compliance with all applicable laws at the time those actions were taken. We may also be subject to related claims by private parties alleging property damage or personal injury due to exposure to hazardous or other materials at or from such properties or other impacts of our operations. We have not accrued any amounts for environmental matters as of December 31, 2010. The ultimate costs of any liabilities that may be identified or the discovery of additional contaminants could adversely impact our results of operation or financial condition.

 

In addition, the hazards and risks associated with producing and transporting our products (such as fires, natural disasters, explosions, abnormal pressures, and spills) may result in releases of hazardous substances and other waste materials, and may result in claims from governmental authorities or third parties relating to actual or alleged personal injury, property damage, or damages to natural resources. We maintain insurance coverage against some, but not all, potential losses associated with our operations. Our coverage includes, but is not limited to, physical damage to assets, employer’s liability, comprehensive general liability, automobile liability, and workers’ compensation. We do not carry environmental insurance. We believe that our insurance is adequate for our industry, but losses could occur for uninsurable or uninsured risks or in amounts in excess of existing insurance coverage. The occurrence of events which result in significant personal injury or damage to our property, natural resources or third parties that is not covered by insurance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our air emissions are subject to the federal Clean Air Act, as amended, and similar state laws which generally require us to obtain and maintain air emission permits for our ongoing operations, as well as pre-approval for any expansion or construction of existing facilities or new facilities or modification of certain projects or facilities. Obtaining and maintaining those permits requires us to incur costs, and any

 

24



Table of Contents

 

future more stringent standards may result in increased costs and may limit or interfere with our operations. In addition, the permits ultimately issued may impose conditions which are more costly to implement than we had anticipated. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, and could adversely affect us in our efforts to compete with foreign producers not subject to such stringent requirements. Our failure to comply with air emissions laws and regulations could subject us to monetary penalties, injunctions, conditions or restrictions on operations and, potentially, criminal enforcement actions.

 

Federal and state environmental authorities have been investigating alleged excess VOCS emissions and other air emissions from many U.S. ethanol plants, including our Illinois facilities. The investigation relating to our Illinois wet mill facility is still pending, and we could be required to install additional air pollution control equipment or take other measures to control air pollutant emissions at that facility. If authorities require us to install controls, we would anticipate that costs would be approximately $6.5 million, which would be considerably higher than the approximately $3.4 million we incurred in connection with a similar matter at our Nebraska facility due to the larger size of the Illinois wet mill facility. As of now, we have not established reserves for possible costs we may incur in connection with this investigation. In addition, if the authorities determine our emissions were in violation of applicable law, we would likely be required to pay fines. With respect to the investigation of our Nebraska facility, we were required to pay a fine of $40,000. Due to the larger capacity of the Illinois facilities, the fine could possibly be larger.

 

We have made, and expect to continue making, significant capital expenditures on an ongoing basis to comply with increasingly stringent environmental laws, regulations and permits, including compliance with the EPA NESHAP for industrial, commercial and institutional boilers and process heaters. This NESHAP was issued in 2004 but subsequently vacated in 2007. The vacated version of the rule required us to implement maximum achievable control technology at our Illinois wet mill facility to reduce hazardous air pollutant emissions from our boilers. The EPA is currently rewriting the NESHAP, which is expected to be more stringent than the vacated version. In the absence of a final NESHAP for industrial, commercial and institutional boilers and process heaters, we are working with state authorities to determine what technology will be required at our Illinois wet mill facility and when such technology must be installed.  We currently cannot estimate the amount that will be needed to comply with any future federal or state technology requirement regarding air emissions from our boilers.

 

We currently generate revenue from the sale of carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas, which is a co-product of the ethanol production process at our Illinois facilities. National greenhouse gas legislation is in the early stages of development in the U.S., and we are currently unable to determine the impact of potential greenhouse gas reduction requirements. Mandatory greenhouse gas emissions reductions may impose increased costs on our business and could adversely impact our operations, including our ability to continue generating revenue from carbon dioxide sales.

 

We depend on rail, truck, and barge transportation for delivery of corn to us and the distribution of ethanol to our customers.

 

We depend on rail, truck, and barge transportation to deliver corn to us and to distribute ethanol to the terminals currently in our network. Ethanol is not currently distributed by pipeline. Disruption to the timely supply of these transportation services or increases in the cost of these services for any reason, including the availability or cost of fuel or railcars to serve our facilities under construction, regulations affecting the industry, or labor stoppages in the transportation industry, could have an adverse effect on our ability to supply corn to our production facilities or to distribute ethanol to our terminals, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

We, and some of our major customers, have unionized employees and could be adversely affected by labor disputes.

 

Some of our employees and some employees of our major customers are unionized. At December 31, 2010, approximately 45% of our employees were unionized. Our unionized employees are hourly workers located at our Illinois facilities. The unionized employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement between our subsidiary, Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc. and the Union.

 

On October 29, 2010, the Union ratified a new collective bargaining agreement with Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc. for our hourly production workers in Pekin, Illinois. This new agreement is effective November 1, 2010 and runs through October 31, 2012. The agreement contains provisions, terms and conditions that are customary in collective bargaining agreements of this type, including, among other things, wages, hours, work assignments, management rights, seniority, arbitration and grievance procedures, benefits, vacations, and holidays. The benefit and base wage packages for the currently covered employees remain substantially similar to those in the previous collective bargaining agreement; the currently covered employees also received lump sum annual payments of $750 in November 2010 and will receive an additional lump sum payment of $750 in November 2011. Employees hired after November 1, 2010 will only be eligible for the 401(k) program as their retirement benefit. The collective bargaining agreement may not prevent a strike or work stoppage in the future, and any such work stoppage could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. There is no certainty that the current collective bargaining agreement will be extended or that a new collective bargaining agreement will be reached.

 

If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our ability to operate effectively may be impaired.

 

Our ability to operate our business and implement strategies depends, in part, on the efforts of our executive officers and other key employees. Our management philosophy of cost-control means that we operate with a limited number of corporate personnel, and our commitment to a less centralized organization also places greater emphasis on the strength of local management. Our future success will depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, particularly executive management. The loss of the services of any of our key employees or the failure to attract or retain other qualified personnel, domestically or abroad, could have a material adverse effect on our business or business prospects.

 

If our internal computer network and applications suffer disruptions or fail to operate as designed, our operations will be disrupted and our business may be harmed.

 

We rely on network infrastructure and enterprise applications, and internal technology systems for our operational, marketing support and sales, and product development activities. The hardware and software systems related to such activities are subject to damage from earthquakes, floods, lightning, tornadoes, fire, power loss, telecommunication failures, and other similar events. They are also subject to acts such as computer viruses, physical or electronic vandalism or other similar disruptions that could cause system interruptions and loss of critical data, and could prevent us from fulfilling our customers’ orders. We have developed disaster recovery plans and backup systems to reduce the potentially adverse effects of such events, but there are no assurances such plans and systems would be sufficient. Any event that causes failures or interruption in our hardware or software systems could result in disruption of our business operations, have a negative impact on our operating results, and damage our reputation.

 

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by technological advances.

 

The development and implementation of new technologies may result in a significant reduction in the costs of ethanol production. We cannot predict when new technologies may become available, the rate of acceptance of new technologies by our competitors or the costs associated with such new technologies.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

In addition, advances in the development of alternatives to ethanol, or corn ethanol in particular, could significantly reduce demand for or eliminate the need for ethanol, or corn ethanol in particular, as a fuel oxygenate or octane enhancer.

 

Any advances in technology which require significant capital expenditures for us to remain competitive or which otherwise reduce demand for ethanol will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2.  Properties

 

Our corporate headquarters are located at One Lincoln Centre, 5400 LBJ Freeway, Suite 450, Dallas, Texas, 75240.

 

Facilities

 

The table below provides an overview of our operational ethanol plants as of December 31, 2010.

 

 

 

Illinois
Wet Mill Facility

 

Illinois
Dry Mill Facility

 

Nebraska
Facility

 

Mt. Vernon
Facility

 

Aurora West
Facility

Location

 

Pekin, IL

 

Pekin, IL

 

Aurora, NE

 

Mt. Vernon, IN

 

Aurora, NE

Ownership

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

Land (acres)

 

83

 

11

 

30

 

86

 

84

Year constructed

 

1981(1)

 

2007

 

1995

 

2010(2)

 

2010

Process

 

Wet Milling

 

Dry Milling

 

Dry Milling

 

Dry Milling

 

Dry Milling

Annual ethanol capacity as of December 31, 2010 (in millions of gallons)

 

100

 

57

 

50

 

110

 

—(3)

Electricity co-generation capability

 

Yes

 

No

 

No

 

No

 

No

Power source

 

Coal, Natural Gas

 

Natural Gas

 

Natural Gas

 

Natural Gas

 

Natural Gas

Distribution method

 

Rail, Truck, Barge

 

Rail, Truck, Barge

 

Rail, Truck

 

Rail, Truck, Barge

 

Rail, Truck

 


(1)          Illinois wet mill facility converted from corn starches/sweeteners production (built in 1899) to an ethanol facility in 1981.

(2)          The Mt. Vernon lease has an initial expiration date of October 31, 2026, with six five-year extension options.

(3)          The Aurora West facility was substantially completed as of December 31, 2010; however, the Company has not begun start-up operations.

 

Land for Future Expansion:

 

Location

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Property Size (acres)

 

Description

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pekin, IL

 

Owned

 

26

 

The Company holds this property for future development.

Canton, IL

 

Owned

 

289

 

Purchased during 2010.

 

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current and reasonably anticipated future needs.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

 

On November 6, 2008, Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc. filed a complaint against JPMorgan Securities, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the Circuit Court for the Tenth Judicial Circuit of Tazewell County, Illinois. We are seeking to recover $31.6 million lost in the investment of funds in student loan backed auction rate securities. We have alleged that JPMorgan Chase Bank through its investment arm, JPMorgan Securities, gave false assurances of the liquidity of this type of investment. The $31.6 million figure represents funds lost because we were forced to sell the investment at a loss after they became illiquid; the investment monies were earmarked to fund our expansion activities. There can be no assurance either that we will be successful in recovering any of these amounts or as to the timing of any such recovery pursuant to this litigation.

 

We are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings, including legal proceedings relating to the extensive environmental laws and regulations that apply to our facilities and operations, including those described under ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Environmental Matters,’’ which is incorporated herein by reference. We are not involved in any legal proceedings that we believe will have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

Item 4.  Removed and Reserved

 

28



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market for our Common Stock and Holders of Record

 

Our common stock began trading on the OTCBB on or around May 18, 2010 under the symbol “AVRW.OB.” Prior to our emergence from bankruptcy, we were listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “AVR.” We were delisted from the NYSE in March 2009 and subsequently traded on the over-the-counter markets and the OTCBB. Upon the Effective Date of our Plan on March 15, 2010, approximately 43 million outstanding shares of our common stock were cancelled and our stock ceased trading on the OTCBB and other markets. However, on the Effective Date of our Plan our common stock was quoted on Bloomberg, LP and, to our knowledge, received bid and ask quotes ranging from $43.75 to $47.25 per share. After the Effective Date of our Plan, beginning in April 2010 until it again began trading on the OTCBB, our common stock was sporadically traded on the over-the-counter markets.

 

As of March 15, 2011, the last reported sales price of our common stock on the OTCBB was $26.35 per share of common stock. As of February 28, 2011, there were 7,449,046 shares of our common stock outstanding, net of 7,791 shares held in treasury, held by approximately 47 holders of record, based upon the records of our transfer agent, and we estimate that there may be approximately 100 additional holders of record that hold through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company. These numbers do not include stockholders for whom shares are held in a nominee or “street” name. The following table sets forth the range of high and low bid quotation prices per share of our common stock as reported by the applicable exchange or quotation system. The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commissions, and may not represent actual transactions.

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

Period

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

January 1, 2010 — February 28, 2010 (Predecessor)

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.16

 

 

 

March 1, 2010 — March 31, 2010 (Successor)

 

$

47.25

 

$

43.75

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

 

 

$

0.70

 

$

0.09

 

Second Quarter

 

$

43.75

 

$

30.00

 

$

0.19

 

$

0.05

 

Third Quarter

 

$

32.20

 

$

20.00

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.15

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

27.50

 

$

23.65

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.25

 

 

Dividends

 

We currently intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business and we do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.  Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal requirements and other factors as our Board of Directors deems relevant.  In addition, pursuant to provisions of the Term Loan Agreement and the Revolving Facility, the Company has limitation on the amount of dividends and distributions it can declare and pay, and we may in the future become subject to debt instruments or other agreements that further limit our ability to pay dividends.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financing — Term Loan Agreement” and “— Revolving Facility.”  We did not declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2010 or 2009.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

The following relates to certain issuances of equity securities that have occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and have not been registered under the Securities Act:

 

On March 15, 2010, we granted the following awards: (i) pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, a total of 179,550 options to certain of our executive officers, with an exercise price of $45.60, none of

 

29



Table of Contents

 

which, as of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, have been exercised, (ii) pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, restricted stock consisting of an aggregate of 98,326 shares of common stock to certain of our executive officers, (iii) pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, restricted stock units consisting of an aggregate of 128,250 shares of common stock to a certain executive officer, and (iv) pursuant to our Director Compensation Plan, restricted stock units consisting of an aggregate of 4,717 shares of common stock to our directors. We relied on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of these awards.

 

On March 31, 2010, pursuant to our Plan and Confirmation Order, we issued an aggregate of 4,904,980 shares of common stock. The shares were issued and allocated pro rata to the holders of our Old Notes. We received no proceeds from this issuance. Consistent with our Confirmation Order and applicable law, we relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of the shares. Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code exempts the offer and sale of securities under a plan of reorganization from registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act.

 

On April 21, 2010, pursuant to our Plan and Confirmation Order, we issued an aggregate of 71,118 shares of common stock. The shares were issued and allocated pro rata to the holders of general unsecured claims. We received no proceeds from this issuance. Consistent with our Confirmation Order and applicable law, we relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of the shares.

 

On May 5, 2010, pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, we granted to a certain executive officer (i) options with an exercise price of $43.75 per share to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of common stock and (ii) restricted stock consisting of an aggregate of 25,000 shares of common stock.  As of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, none of the options have been exercised. We relied on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of these awards.

 

On June 30, 2010, pursuant to our Plan and Confirmation Order, we commenced a distribution of an aggregate of 599,947 shares of common stock. The shares were issued and allocated pro rata to the holders of our Old Notes. We received no proceeds from this issuance. Consistent with our Confirmation Order and applicable law, we relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of the shares.

 

On June 30, 2010, pursuant to our Plan and Confirmation Order, we commenced a distribution of an aggregate of 43,425 shares of common stock. The shares were issued and allocated pro rata to the holders of general unsecured claims. We received no proceeds from this issuance. Consistent with our Confirmation Order and applicable law, we relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of the shares.

 

For the period from May 27, 2010 to June 3, 2010, warrants were exercised to purchase 144 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $40.94. We received aggregate gross proceeds of $5,895 from the exercise of such warrants. Consistent with our Confirmation Order and applicable law, we relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of common stock upon exercise of the warrants.

 

On September 30, 2010, pursuant to our Plan and Confirmation Order, we commenced a distribution of an aggregate of 32,935 shares of common stock. The shares were issued and allocated pro rata to the holders of our Old Notes. We received no proceeds from this issuance. Consistent with our Confirmation Order and applicable law, we relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of the shares.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

On September 30, 2010, pursuant to our Plan and Confirmation Order, we commenced a distribution of an aggregate of 10,896 shares of common stock. The shares were issued and allocated pro rata to the holders of general unsecured claims. We received no proceeds from this issuance. Consistent with our Confirmation Order and applicable law, we relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of the shares.

 

On October 13, 2010, we granted the following awards: (i) 1,898 shares of common stock to a certain officer, (ii) pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, a total of 46,375 options to certain of our officers, with exercise prices of $45.60 and $27.50, none of which, as of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, have been exercised, and (iii) restricted stock units to a certain executive officer consisting of an aggregate of 40,000 shares of common stock. We relied on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of these awards.

 

For the period from November 1, 2010 to January 6, 2011, warrants were exercised to purchase 225 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $40.94. We received aggregate gross proceeds of $9,171 from the exercise of such warrants. Consistent with our Confirmation Order and applicable law, we relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the issuance of common stock upon exercise of the warrants.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

 

The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and each of the four years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The following data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Form 10-K.

 

On March 15, 2010, we emerged from bankruptcy and implemented fresh-start accounting in accordance with ASC 852 using a Convenience Date of February 28, 2010. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements prior to March 1, 2010 reflect results based upon the historical cost basis of the Company while the post-emergence consolidated financial statements reflect the new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the effects of fresh-start reporting. Therefore, the post-emergence periods are not comparable to the pre-emergence periods. As a result of the application of fresh start accounting, our consolidated financial statements prior to and including February 28, 2010 represent the operations of our pre-reorganization predecessor company and are presented separately from the consolidated financial statements of our post-organization successor company.

 

We have included EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA primarily as performance measures because management uses them as key measures of our performance. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest expense, interest income, income tax expense, and depreciation. EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) and should not be considered an alternative to net earnings or any other measure of performance under GAAP or to cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities as an indicator of cash flows or as a measure of liquidity (particularly since, in the latter case, management views EBITDA as a performance measure rather than a liquidity measure). EBITDA has its limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under generally accepted accounting principles. Some of the limitations of EBITDA are:

 

·            EBITDA does not reflect our cash used for capital expenditures;

·            Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized often will have to be replaced and EBITDA does not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

·            EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements;

·            EBITDA does not reflect the cash necessary to make payments of interest or principal on our indebtedness; and

·            EBITDA includes non-recurring loss items which are reflected in other income (expense).

 

In order to emphasize the effects of certain income and loss items in our financial statements, we also report a second computation referred to as Adjusted EBITDA, which adjusts EBITDA for certain items. Adjusted EBITDA for the Company is adjusted for (i) loss on early extinguishment of debt, (ii) loss related to auction rate securities, (iii) impairment of plant development costs, (iv) reorganization items, (v) gain due to plan effects, (vi) loss due to the application of fresh start accounting adjustments, (vii) stock-based compensation, (viii) loss on available for sale securities and (ix) gain on resolution of bankruptcy issues. Previously presented calculations have been modified to reflect the current definition of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

Management believes EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are meaningful supplemental measures of operating performance and so highlights trends in our core business that may not otherwise be apparently when relying solely on GAAP financial measures.  We also believe that securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties frequently use EBITDA in the evaluation of companies, many of which present EBITDA when reporting their results.  Additionally, management provides an Adjusted EBITDA measure so that investors will have the same financial information that management uses with the belief that it will

 

32



Table of Contents

 

assist investors in properly assessing the Company’s performance on a year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter basis.  Our management and external users of our financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks, research analysts, and others, use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to assess:

 

·            the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

·            our operating performance and return capital as compared to those of other companies in our industry, without regard to financing or capital structure; and

·            the feasibility of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rate on alternative investment opportunities.

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months
Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months
Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(In thousands, except for per share amounts)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

370,559

 

$

77,675

 

$

594,623

 

$

2,248,301

 

$

1,571,607

 

$

1,592,420

 

Cost of goods sold

 

349,751

 

66,686

 

585,904

 

2,239,340

 

1,497,807

 

1,460,806

 

Gross profit

 

20,808

 

10,989

 

8,719

 

8,961

 

73,800

 

131,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

34,068

 

4,608

 

26,694

 

35,410

 

36,367

 

28,328

 

Start-up activities

 

1,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demobilization costs associated with expansion projects

 

 

 

 

9,874

 

 

 

Impairment of plant development costs

 

 

 

 

1,557

 

 

 

Other (income) expense

 

1,681

 

515

 

1,510

 

(2,936

)

(1,113

)

(3,389

)

Operating income (loss)

 

(16,118

)

5,866

 

(19,485

)

(34,944

)

38,546

 

106,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

(25,464

)

(266,293

)

(46,260

)

(48,326

)

35,137

 

59,469

 

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

(1,230

)

1,338

 

4,568

 

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest

 

$

(25,464

)

$

(266,293

)

$

(46,260

)

$

(47,096

)

$

33,799

 

$

54,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) per common share-basic

 

$

(2.97

)

$

(6.14

)

$

 (1.08

)

$

(1.12

)

$

  0.81

 

$

1.43

 

Basic weighted-average common shares

 

8,584

 

43,401

 

42,968

 

42,136

 

41,886

 

38,411

 

Income (loss) per common share-diluted

 

$

(2.97

)

$

 (6.14

)

$

 (1.08

)

$

(1.12

)

$

  0.80

 

$

1.39

 

Diluted weighted-average common and common equivalent shares

 

8,584

 

43,401

 

(42,968

)

42,136

 

42,351

 

39,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

593,978

 

$

364,305

 

$

712,696

 

$

799,459

 

$

762,185

 

$

408,136

 

Total debt(1)

 

$

347,958

 

$

110,252

 

$

42,765

 

$

352,200

 

$

300,000

 

$

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

$

201,658

 

$

219,923

 

$

267,532

 

$

308,796

 

$

343,871

 

$

304,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

$

(7,566

)

$

(262,702

)

$

(26,164

)

$

(38,009

)

$

49,708

 

$

94,877

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

1,335

 

$

8,938

 

$

8,812

 

$

878

 

$

56,913

 

$

115,953

 

Gallons sold

 

152,517

 

31,478

 

277,471

 

935,986

 

690,171

 

695,784

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

77,672

 

$

2,086

 

$

2,279

 

$

265,878

 

$

235,211

 

$

76,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

(19,205

)

$

(11,687

)

$

40,816

 

$

35,601

 

$

47,581

 

$

55,762

 

Investing activities

 

$

(94,552

)

$

(2,086

)

$

(279

)

$

(83,133

)

$

(347,781

)

$

(119,931

)

Financing activities

 

$

63,051

 

$

46,427

 

$

(11,291

)

$

53,700

 

$

287,580

 

$

90,210

 

 


(1)          Total debt includes amounts outstanding under: 1) our secured revolving credit facility, 2) our Revolving Credit Agreement; 3) our senior unsecured notes in 2007 and 2008; 4) our debtor-in-possession debt facility; 5) our previously outstanding Notes and 6) our Term Loan Facility.  The senior unsecured notes are reflected in pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise at December 31, 2009.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months
Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(In thousands, except for per share amounts)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(25,464

)

$

(266,293

)

$

(46,260

)

$

(47,096

)

$

33,799

 

$

54,901

 

Interest income

 

(139

)

 

(11

)

(3,040

)

(12,432

)

(4,771

)

Interest expense (a)(b)

 

8,274

 

1,422

 

14,697

 

5,077

 

16,240

 

9,348

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(29

)

(626

)

(8,956

)

(7,472

)

(477

)

31,685

 

Depreciation

 

9,792

 

2,795

 

14,366

 

14,522

 

12,578

 

3,714

 

EBITDA

 

$

(7,566

)

$

(262,702

)

$

(26,164

)

$

(38,009

)

$

49,708

 

$

94,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on the early extinguishment of debt

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

14,598

 

Loss related to auction rate securities

 

 

 

 

31,601

 

 

 

Impairment of plant development costs

 

 

 

 

1,557

 

 

 

Reorganization items

 

 

20,282

 

32,440

 

 

 

 

Gain due to plan effects

 

 

(136,574

)

 

 

 

 

Loss due to fresh-start accounting adjustments

 

 

387,655

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

7,784

 

277

 

2,536

 

5,729

 

7,205

 

6,478

 

Loss on available for sale securities

 

1,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on resolution of bankruptcy issues

 

(873

)

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

1,335

 

$

8,938

 

$

8,812

 

$

878

 

$

56,913

 

$

115,953

 

 


(a)          Interest capitalized during construction was $6.2 million for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, $0 for the two months ended February 28, 2010, $0 for the year ended December 31, 2009, and $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

(b)         Contractual interest expense not recorded was $5.0 million and $21.9 million for the two months ended February 28, 2010, and year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Aventine’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K”).

 

This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could” are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.  Accordingly, our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to known or unknown risks and uncertainties that exist in our operations and business environment, including but not limited to those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

Business Summary

 

Aventine is a producer and marketer of ethanol.  Through our production facilities, we market and distribute ethanol to many of the leading energy companies in the United States (the “U.S.”).  Our revenues are principally derived from the sale of ethanol and from the sale of co-products and bio-products that we produce as by-products during the production of ethanol at our plants.

 

Recent Developments

 

On March 15, 2010, we entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”) with PNC Bank, National Association, as lender and as agent (“PNC”), providing for a $20 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”).  The Revolving Credit Agreement was previously amended as of August 6, 2010 and December 22, 2010.  On February 28, 2011, the Company and PNC amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to increase the maximum loan amount to $30.0 million.

 

2010 Significant Events

 

Emergence from Reorganization Proceedings and Related Events. On April 7, 2009 (the “Petition Date”), Aventine and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for relief under Chapter 11 Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”).  The Debtors filed their First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on January 13, 2010 (as modified, the “Plan”).  The Plan was confirmed by order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on February 24, 2010 (the “Confirmation Order”) and became effective on March 15, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), the date on which the Company emerged from protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In connection with the Plan, Aventine:

 

·            appointed a new management team and six new directors to our Board of Directors;

·            issued and sold an aggregate of $105.0 million principal amount of our 13% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) and 1,710,000 shares of common stock to holders of our pre-petition notes  (the “Old Notes”) that subscribed to the sale of our Notes;

·            began a pro rata distribution of shares of common stock to holders of our Old Notes and to holders of allowed general unsecured claims, with an initial distribution of 4,904,980 shares to holders of Old Notes and 71,118 shares to holders of allowed general unsecured claims, out of a total of 6,840,000 shares available;

·            entered into the Revolving Facility with PNC;

 

35



Table of Contents

 

·            entered into a warrant agreement with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, pursuant to which we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 450,000 shares of common stock to holders of equity interests prior to our emergence from bankruptcy;

·            amended and restated our organizational documents and those of our subsidiaries; and

·            adopted a 2010 equity incentive plan providing for the issuance of up to 855,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment.

 

Plant Shutdown.  On June 29, 2010, Aventine temporarily shut down its dry mill plant in Aurora, Nebraska (the “Nebraska facility”) to make some mechanical improvements to the facility.  The shutdown was extended during a period of depressed margins to accelerate a required power outage at both the Nebraska facility and the facility in Aurora Nebraska (the “Aurora West facility”) to complete necessary electrical work for the Aurora West facility which was substantially completed during the fourth quarter of 2010.  We started grinding corn at the Nebraska facility again on August 14, 2010 and the plant achieved full production on August 24, 2010.

 

Acquisition of Canton, Illinois Facility.  On August 6, 2010, we and New CIE Energy Opco, LLC, d/b/a Riverland Biofuels (“Riverland”), entered into the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed specified liabilities, of Riverland for a purchase price of $16.5 million.  The assets comprise the facility in Canton, Illinois (the “Canton facility”), and include real property at the plant site as well as surrounding parcels.

 

Notes Offering.  On August 19, 2010, we issued and sold $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our Notes in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, resulting in gross proceeds to us of approximately $51.0 million.

 

Stock Distributions.  On September 30, 2010, including the initial distribution, the Company has made pro rata quarterly distributions, consisting of approximately 5.6 million shares of common stock, to holders of the Old Notes and to holders of allowed general unsecured claims, with approximately 5.5 million shares distributed to holders of the Old Notes and 0.1 million shares to holders of allowed general unsecured claims.  Approximately 1.2 million shares of common stock are reserved for future distributions to these holders. There shares will be distributed as remaining claims are settled in accordance with the Plan. To the extent shares remain after the resolution of these claims, the excess shares will be re-distributed on a pro-rata basis to claim holders who previously received distributions. In addition, during the first quarter of 2011, we expect to commence a pro rata quarterly distribution, consisting of 6,726 shares of common stock, to holders of the Company’s Old Notes and to holders of allowed general unsecured claims. This share distribution was delayed due to the resolution of a bankruptcy claim.

 

Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement. On December 22, 2010, we entered into a senior secured term loan credit agreement (the ‘‘Term Loan Agreement’’) with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, the lenders party thereto, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Jefferies Finance LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book-runners, and Citibank, N.A. and Jefferies Finance LLC, as co-syndication agents. Under the Term Loan Agreement, the lenders provided us an aggregate principal amount $200.0 million term loan facility (the ‘‘Term Loan Facility’’).

 

Expansion.  Following our emergence from bankruptcy, we resumed construction of our Aurora West facility and the facility in Mt. Vernon, Indiana (the “Mt. Vernon facility”). We substantially completed both facilities in the fourth quarter of 2010. We expect the Aurora West facility to become operational in 2011, subject to weather conditions, commodity prices, and the availability of working capital.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Business Environment

 

The following discussion includes trends and factors that may affect future operating results.

 

Commodity Pricing

 

Our operations are highly dependent on commodity prices, especially prices for ethanol, corn and natural gas.

 

Ethanol. During 2010, ethanol prices continued to closely follow corn prices. At December 31, 2010, we had future contracts for delivery of ethanol totaling 29.3 million gallons through September 30, 2011, of which 11.7 million gallons were based on fixed-price contracts and 17.6 million were at spot prices using Platt and OPIS indices.

 

Corn.  Corn prices peaked in June 2008 at around $7.88 per bushel, then fell in late 2008 and early 2009 as commodity prices, and in particular oil prices, declined as a result of a slowing economy brought on by the 2008 financial crisis, lower than expected consumption, including for ethanol and for export as a result of concerns of global recession and reductions in global demand.  During 2010, corn prices rose steadily, with an overall increase in price of 58.7% from January to December.  We continue to believe that corn prices are likely to remain above historical levels for the foreseeable future.

 

We continuously purchase corn for physical delivery from suppliers using forward purchase contracts in order to assure supply. As we do this, we have in the past often shorted a like amount of Chicago Board of Trade (“CBOT”) corn futures with similar dates to lock in the basis differential. We have also occasionally used CBOT futures contracts to lock in the price of corn by taking long positions in CBOT contracts in order to reduce our risk of price increases. Exchange traded forward contracts for commodities are marked to market each period. Our forward physical purchases of corn are not marked to market.  At December 31, 2010, we had fixed the price of 3.0 million bushels of corn through October 2011 and we had future contracts to purchase 3.9 million bushels of corn.

 

Natural Gas. Natural gas is an important input in our ethanol and co-product production process. We use natural gas primarily to dry distillers grains for storage and transportation over longer distances. This allows us to market distillers grains to broader livestock markets in the U.S. The price fluctuation in natural gas prices over 2010, based on the New York Mercantile Exchange daily futures data, has ranged from a high of $7.51 per MMBtu in the beginning of January to a low of $3.18 per MMBtu at the end of October.  Our current natural gas usage is approximately 285,000 MMBtu’s per month.

 

Supply and Demand

 

According to the Renewable Fuels Association, the annual corn-based ethanol production capacity of U.S. plants currently in operation and those under construction is approximately 14.0 billion gallons annually (plants currently in operation have a capacity of approximately 13.5 billion gallons annually while plants under construction have an approximate capacity of 0.5 billion gallons annually). This volume of ethanol production exceeds the mandate for renewable biofuel consumption required in 2011 of 13.95 billion gallons. Ethanol produced in the U.S. competes with sugar-based ethanol produced in Brazil. This domestic production capacity, along with imports, may cause supply to exceed demand. If additional demand for ethanol is not created, either through additions to discretionary blending (through increased penetration rates in areas that blend ethanol today or through the establishment of new markets where little or no ethanol is blended today), or through additional state level mandates, the excess supply may cause ethanol gross margins to decrease, perhaps substantially.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Ethanol Supports

 

We receive significant benefits from federal and state statutes, regulations and programs and the trend at the governmental level appears to be to continue to try to provide economic support to the ethanol industry. Notwithstanding the above, changes to federal and state statutes, regulations or programs could have an adverse effect on our business. Recent federal legislation, however, has been of benefit to the ethanol industry. In December 2007, The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (“EISA”) was passed which contained a new increased Renewable Fuel Standards (“RFS”). The new RFS requires fuel refiners to use a certain minimum amount of renewable fuels, which will rise from 12.95 billion gallons in 2010, of which 12.0 billion gallons relates to corn based ethanol, to 36.0 billion gallons, of which 15.0 billion gallons relates to corn based ethanol, by 2022. Ethanol benefits from an excise tax credit of $0.45 per ethanol gallon (prior to January 1, 2009, the excise tax credit was $0.51 per gallon). Barring enactment of new legislation, this tariff will expire on December 31, 2011. This excise tax credit provides incentives for blenders and refiners to blend ethanol with gasoline.

 

Cancellation of indebtedness income

 

We recognized income from the cancellation of indebtedness (“COD”) when we emerged from bankruptcy to the extent that debt was discharged for consideration to a creditor for an amount that is less than the amount of such debt. For these purposes consideration includes the amount of cash and the fair market value of property, including stock of the debtor, transferred to the creditor. The amount of COD income, in general, is the excess of (a) the adjusted issue price of the indebtedness satisfied, over (b) the sum of the amount of cash paid and the fair market value of any new consideration (including the new stock of the Company following emergence from bankruptcy) given in satisfaction of the cancelled debt. The amount of COD income we expect to realize is $52 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

To the extent of COD income, we are required to reduce certain of our tax attributes (principally, the current year tax losses, capital loss carryforward and the tax basis in our assets) in the year following emergence. Among other things, this would have the effect of reducing our future depreciation deductions. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provided an exception to the immediate realization of COD income, which would permit us to elect to defer the current recognition of any COD income, and instead recognize any such income ratably over a five-year period beginning in 2014. Currently, we cannot determine if we will make the deferral election for COD income, as described above.

 

Section 382 limitations

 

Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code limits the ability of a company that undergoes an ownership change, which is generally any change in ownership of more than 50% of its stock over a three-year period, to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards and certain built-in losses (generally, the excess of the tax basis in an asset over its fair market value as of the Section 382 change date) following the ownership change. The built-in-loss rules apply to the depreciation of the excess tax basis, as well as losses on disposal. These rules generally operate by focusing on ownership changes among stockholders owning directly or indirectly 5% or more of the stock of a company and any change in ownership arising from a new issuance of stock by the company.

 

No net operating loss carryforward exists for the 2009 tax year. The consummation of the Plan generated an “ownership change” as defined in Section 382, which limits our ability to utilize certain carryover tax attributes. Any net operating loss generated in the 2010 year prior to our emergence from bankruptcy, and our net unrealized built in losses may be limited by Section 382 which could potentially result in the significant acceleration of tax payments. Our state net operating loss carryforwards are also subject to similar, but varying, restrictions on their future use.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Financial Statement Overview

 

The following general factors should be considered in analyzing our results of operations:

 

Fresh-Start Accounting

 

We emerged from bankruptcy on March 15, 2010. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 852, Reorganization (“ASC 852”), we adopted fresh start accounting and adjusted the historical carrying value of our assets and liabilities to their respective fair values at the Effective Date. Simultaneously, we determined the fair value of our equity at the Effective Date. We selected an accounting convenience date proximate to the Effective Date for purposes of making the aforementioned adjustments to historical carrying values (the “Convenience Date”) because the activity between the Effective Date and the Convenience Date did not result in a material difference in the results. We selected a Convenience Date of February 28, 2010. As a result, we recorded fresh start accounting adjustments to historical carrying values of assets and liabilities as of February 28, 2010 using market prices, discounted cash flow methodologies based primarily on observable market information and, to a lesser extent, on unobservable market information, and other techniques.

 

In implementing fresh-start accounting, we re-measured our asset values and stated all liabilities, other than deferred taxes, at fair value or at present values of the amounts to be paid using appropriate market interest rates. Our reorganization value was determined based on consideration of numerous factors and various valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flows, believed by management to be representative of our business and industry. Information regarding the determination of the reorganization value and application of fresh start accounting is included in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, under fresh start accounting, accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive income were eliminated.

 

Under fresh start accounting, our net inventory increased by $2.5 million and property, plant and equipment decreased by $380.0 million, in each case to reflect fair value as of our emergence from bankruptcy. Other assets, which consisted primarily of a long-term deposit for utilities against which we may apply certain natural gas transportation charges, decreased by $4.4 million and were recorded at fair value based on a discounted cash flow calculation using a 13% discount rate and our estimate of purchases of natural gas and the timing of those purchases. Accounts payable increased approximately $1.3 million under fresh start accounting to adjust an off-market coal contract to fair value. We also adjusted long-term debt to its fair value of $105 million, an increase of $6.9 million.

 

As a result of the $2.5 million upward adjustment to our inventory described above, our cost of sales for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 includes an additional $2.5 million of costs related to the inventory, stepped up to fair value under fresh start accounting, sold during the period. The decrease in property, plant and equipment resulted in lower depreciation expense in the ten months ended December 31, 2010 which is included in cost of goods sold. As a result of the adjustment to the long-term deposit for utilities, we will incur additional amortization cost related to natural gas which will increase cost of goods sold. As a result of the adjustment of accounts payable to record the off-market coal contract at fair value, our coal costs were lower for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 when the contract expired. The increase in long-term debt to its fair value of $105.0 million will result in lower interest expense over the period the debt remains outstanding.

 

Variability of Gross Profit

 

Our gross profit has fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate substantially from period to period.  Gross profit from ethanol sales is mainly affected by changes in selling prices for ethanol, the cost of purchasing ethanol from marketing alliance partners and unaffiliated producers, along with the cost of corn, freight and the cost to convert corn to ethanol.  The rise and fall of ethanol and corn prices affects the levels

 

39



Table of Contents

 

of our costs of goods, gross profit and inventory values, even in the absence of any increases or decreases in business activity.  Selling prices for ethanol are affected principally by industry oversupply concerns, the price and availability of competing and complementary fuels and the price of corn.  All of these factors are beyond our control.

 

Our most volatile manufacturing costs are natural gas and corn.  Since both natural gas and ethanol are energy-related products, there has been significant, although not perfect, correlation between their market prices.  As a result, at times when natural gas prices had increased, thereby increasing our costs, ethanol prices have typically increased, thereby increasing our revenues and offsetting some of the impact on our results of operations.  See “Item 1A — Risk Factors” for additional information.

 

Conversion Costs

 

Conversion costs per gallon are an important metric in determining our profitability.  Conversion costs represent the cost of converting corn into ethanol, and include production salaries, wages and stock compensation costs, fringe benefits, utilities (including coal and natural gas), maintenance, denaturant, insurance, materials and supplies and other miscellaneous production costs.  It does not include depreciation and amortization expense.

 

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies

 

We base this discussion and analysis of results of operations, cash flow and financial condition on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”).

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is generally recognized when title to products is transferred to an unaffiliated customer as long as the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.  For the majority of sales, this generally occurs after the product has been offloaded at the customers’ site.  For others, the transfer of title occurs at the shipment origination point.  The majority of sales are invoiced at the final per unit price which may be a previously contracted fixed price or a market price at the time of shipment.  Other sales are invoiced and the initial receipts are collected based upon a provisional price, and such sales are adjusted to a final price based upon a monthly-average spot market price.  Sales are made under normal terms and usually do not require collateral.

 

Historically, we had marketed ethanol for other third-party producers.  Revenues from such non-Company produced gallons are generally recorded on a gross basis in the accompanying statements of operations, as we would take title to the product, assume all risks associated with the purchase and sale of such gallons and be considered the primary obligor on the sale.  Transactions entered into with the same counterparty which have been negotiated in contemplation of one another are recorded on a net basis.

 

The majority of sales are based upon a delivered price, which includes a cost for freight.  In such cases, the sales price, including the cost of delivery plus any respective motor fuel excise taxes, is invoiced and included in revenue.  If title transfers at the shipment origination point, the customer generally is responsible for freight costs, and we do not recognize such freight costs in the financial statements.

 

Inventory

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined using a weighted-average first-in-first-out (“FIFO”) method for gallons produced at our plants, gallons purchased from our marketing alliance partners and other gallons purchased for resale.  In assessing the ultimate realization of inventories,

 

40



Table of Contents

 

we perform a periodic analysis of market price and compare that to our weighted-average FIFO cost to ensure that our inventories are properly stated at the lower of cost or market.

 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

 

Our operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in commodity prices.  We use derivative financial instruments from time-to-time to manage commodity prices.  Derivatives used are primarily commodity futures contracts, swaps and option contracts.

 

We apply the provisions of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), for our derivatives.  At December 31, 2010, our futures contracts were not designated as hedges and, therefore, are marked to market each period, with corresponding gains and losses recorded in other non-operating income.  Such derivative instruments are recorded at fair value, and are included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

Under ASC 815, we are required to evaluate contracts to determine whether such contracts are derivatives.  Certain contracts that meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815 may be exempted from the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC 815 as normal purchases or normal sales. We have elected to designate our forward purchases of corn and natural gas and forward sales of ethanol as normal purchases and normal sales under ASC 815.  Accordingly, these contracts are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements until execution.

 

Income Taxes

 

Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, deferred tax liabilities and assets are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns.  Property, plant and equipment, stock-based compensation expense, debt issuance costs and original issue discount are the primary sources of these temporary differences.  Deferred income taxes also include net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards.  The Company establishes valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts it believes are realizable. These valuation allowances and contingency reserves are adjusted based upon changing facts and circumstances.

 

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Costs

 

Our pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuationsInherent in these valuations are key assumptions including discount rates and expected long-term rates of return on plan assets.  Material changes in our pension and postretirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions, changes in the number of plan participants, changes in the level of benefits provided, changes to the level of contributions to these plans and other factors.

 

We determine our actuarial assumptions for our pension and post retirement plans, after consultation with our actuaries, on December 31 of each year to calculate liability information as of that date and pension and postretirement expense for the following year.  The discount rate assumption is determined based on a spot yield curve that includes bonds that are rated Corporate AA or higher with maturities that match expected benefit payments under the plan.

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects projected returns for the investment mix that have been determined to meet the plan’s investment objectives.  The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is selected by taking into account the expected weighted averages of the investments of the assets, the fact that the plan assets are actively managed to mitigate downside risks, the historical performance of the market in general and the historical performance of the retirement plan assets over the past ten years.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Share-Based Compensation Expense

 

We account for our share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, based on fair values.  Share-based compensation expense recognized is based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest.  We attribute the value of share-based compensation to expense over the periods of requisite service using the straight-line method.

 

The Company values its share-based payments awards using a form of the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model (the “Option Pricing Model”).  The determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using the Option Pricing Model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as the input of other subjective assumptions, of which the most significant are, expected stock price volatility, the expected pre-vesting forfeiture rate and the expected option term (the amount of time from the grant date until the options are exercised or expire).   The Company estimated volatility by considering, among other things, the historical volatilities of public companies engaged in similar industries.  Pre-vesting forfeitures are estimated to be 0% due to the nature of the vesting schedules for the limited number of grants made to executives.  The expected option term is calculated using the “simplified” method permitted by ASC 718.  The Company’s options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results of the Company. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes to our consolidated financial statements contained herein.

 

Overview

 

For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we generated net losses of $25.5 million, $266.3 million, $46.3 million and $47.1 million, respectively. The loss in the ten months ended December 31, 2010 is primarily due to selling, general and administrative expenses.  The loss in the two months ended February 28, 2010 is primarily attributable to adjustments of $387.7 million required to report assets and liabilities at fair value under fresh-start accounting and $20.3 million of reorganization items resulting from the Company’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing, which were offset by a gain due to plan effects of $136.6 million.  The 2009 net loss of $46.3 million is primarily attributable to $32.4 million in reorganization items. The 2008 net loss of $47.1 million is primarily the result of $33.2 million in nonrecurring losses comprised of a $31.6 million loss related to the sale of our portfolio of auction rate securities and a $1.6 million impairment loss pertaining to the development costs of a second dry mill ethanol plant on our Pekin site.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Total gallons of ethanol marketed and distributed were as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Ten Months
Ended
December 31,

 

Two Months
Ended
February 28,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Equity production

 

154.4

 

32.0

 

197.5

 

188.8

 

Marketing alliances

 

 

 

30.9

 

505.3

 

Purchase/resale

 

1.0

 

0.2

 

35.5

 

249.0

 

(Increase) decrease in inventory

 

(2.9

)

(0.7

)

16.3

 

(7.1

)

Total gallons

 

152.5

 

31.5

 

277.5

 

936.0

 

 

The decrease in marketing alliances and purchase/resale is a result of the termination of our marketing alliances beginning in late 2008, as well as our efforts to scale back our purchase/resale program beginning in the first quarter of 2009.

 

Ten Months Ended December 31, 2010 and Two Months Ended February 28, 2010 Compared with the Year ended December 31, 2009

 

On March 15, 2010, we emerged from bankruptcy and implemented fresh-start accounting in accordance with ASC 852 using a Convenience Date of February 28, 2010. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements prior to March 1, 2010 reflect results based upon the historical cost basis of the Company while the post-emergence consolidated financial statements reflect the new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the effects of fresh-start reporting. Therefore, the post-emergence periods are not comparable to the pre-emergence periods. As a result of the application of fresh start accounting, our consolidated financial statements prior to and including February 28, 2010 represent the operations of our pre-reorganization predecessor company and are presented separately from the consolidated financial statements of our post-organization successor company.

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended

 

For the Two
Months Ended

 

For the
Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

February 28,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Statement of Operations data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

370.6

 

$

77.7

 

$

594.6

 

Cost of goods sold

 

(349.8

)

(66.7

)

(585.9

)

Gross profit

 

20.8

 

11.0

 

8.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(34.0

)

(4.6

)

(26.7

)

Start-up activities

 

(1.2

)

 

 

Other operating expense

 

(1.7

)

(0.5

)

(1.5

)

Operating income (loss)

 

(16.1

)

5.9

 

(19.5

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(8.3

)

(1.4

)

(14.7

)

Gain on derivative transactions

 

0.6

 

 

1.2

 

Loss on available-for-sale securities

 

(2.0

)

 

 

Other non-operating income

 

0.3

 

 

 

Reorganization items

 

 

(20.3

)

(32.4

)

Gain due to Plan effects

 

 

136.6

 

 

Loss due to fresh start accounting adjustments

 

 

(387.7

)

 

Income from termination of marketing agreements

 

 

 

10.2

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

0.6

 

8.9

 

Net loss

 

$

(25.5

)

$

(266.3

)

$

(46.3

)

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Net sales were generated from the following products:

 

 

 

Ten Months
Ended
December 31,

 

Two Months
Ended

February 28,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Ethanol

 

$

284.8

 

$

60.1

 

$

490.3

 

By-Products

 

85.8

 

17.6

 

97.9

 

Other

 

 

 

6.4

 

Total

 

$

370.6

 

$

77.7

 

$

594.6

 

 

The overall decrease in net sales from the year ended December 31, 2009 and the two months ended February 28, 2010 to the ten months ended December 31, 2010 of 24.6% is primarily the result of less supply available as we terminated our marketing alliance and significantly reduced our purchase/resale supply operations.  In addition, we experienced a decrease in our equity production during 2010 as a result of the temporary shutdown at our Nebraska facility during July and August.  The reduction in supply was partially offset by an increase in the average sales price of ethanol for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and the two months ended February 28, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.  Ethanol prices averaged $1.87 per gallon during the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and $1.91 during the two months ended February 28, 2010 as compared to $1.75 per gallon during 2009.

 

The increase in by-product revenues is primarily a result of an increase in price, which was partially offset by lower sales volumes. We sold 778.2 thousand tons during the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and 154.1 million tons during the two months ended February 28, 2010, versus 1.1 million tons in 2009. By-product revenues, as a percentage of corn costs, rose to 34.5% during the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and 39.8% during the two months ended February 28, 2010, versus 34.1% in 2009.

 

Cost of goods sold consists of production costs (the cost to produce ethanol at our own facilities), the cost of purchased ethanol, the cost of ethanol sold from our inventory, freight and logistics to ship ethanol and co-products and motor fuel taxes which have been billed to customers.

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended

 

 

 

For the Two
Months Ended

 

 

 

For the
Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

Percentage
of Net sales

 

February 28,
2010

 

Percentage
of Net sales

 

December 31,
2009

 

Percentage
of Net sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

349.8

 

94.4

%

$

66.7

 

85.8

%

$

585.9

 

98.5

%

 

The decrease in cost of goods sold from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the two months ended February 28, 2010 is principally the result of lower volumes of ethanol produced during 2010.  The decrease in cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the two months ended February 28, 2010 is principally the result of lower corn costs, freight costs, depreciation, and motor fuel taxes.  The increase in cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales from the two months ended February 28, 2010 to the ten months ended December 31, 2010 is primarily due to increased corn costs.  During the two months ended February 28, 2010, corn used in production was approximately $3.66 per bushel while corn used in production during the ten months ended approximated $4.21 per bushel.

 

Production costs include corn costs, conversion costs, and depreciation.

 

Corn costs for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the year ended December 31, 2009 were $248.9 million, $44.2 million, and $287.1 million, respectively.  During 2010, the price per bushel of corn increased, which was offset in the ten months ended

 

44



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2010 by lower volumes of corn purchased as a result of the Nebraska facility temporary shutdown.

 

Conversion costs for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the year ended December 31, 2009 were $78.8 million, $16.6 million, and $96.7 million, respectively.  Conversion costs for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 included $30.1 million of utilities, $17.8 million of salary and benefit expenses, $17.1 million of material and supply expenses, $6.2 million of denaturant, $5.4 million of outside services, and $2.2 million of other expenses.  Conversion costs for the two months ended February 28, 2010 include $7.6 million of utilities, $3.3 million of salary and benefit expenses, $3.2 million of material and supply expenses, $1.4 million of denaturant, $0.5 million of outside services, and $0.6 million of other expenses.  Conversion costs for the year ended December 31, 2009 included $39.0 million of utilities, $21.4 million of salary and benefit expenses, $20.5 million of material and supply expenses, $6.8 million of denaturant, $5.5 million of outside services, and $3.5 million of other expenses. Conversion costs per gallon were $0.51 for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, $0.52 for the two months ended February 28, 2010, and $0.49 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Depreciation expense for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and the two months ended February 28, 2010 was $8.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively.  Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $14.4 million. Depreciation expense year over year decreased primarily as a result of the fresh start fair value adjustments, which reduced the cost basis of our depreciable assets.

 

Purchased ethanol is included in our cost of goods sold.  For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the year ended December 31, 2009, purchased ethanol totaled $1.7 million, $0.4 million, and $138.5 million, respectively. The decrease resulted from the termination of our marketing alliance and scaled-back purchase/resale programs.

 

Freight and logistics costs for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the year ended December 31, 2009 were $21.1 million, $3.4 million, and $44.9 million, respectively.  On a per gallon basis, freight and logistics costs were $0.14 per gallon for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, $0.11 per gallon for the two months ended February 28, 2010, and $0.16 per gallon for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in total dollars and the total dollars per gallon in each period during 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 is the result of lower volumes shipped, the termination of fixed price terminal obligations and lower costs for leased railcars.

 

Commodity spread, defined as gross ethanol selling price per gallon less net corn cost per gallon, was $0.81 for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, $1.08 for the two months ended February 28, 2010, and $0.79 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The change in commodity spread was due to changes in the average sales price per gallon of ethanol relative to the average corn cost per bushel, as well as changes in co-product revenue as a percentage of corn costs in each period.  The average sales price per gallon of ethanol was $1.75 during the year ended December 31, 2009, $1.91 during the two months ended February 28, 2010, and $1.87 during the ten months ended December 31, 2010.  Co-product revenue as a percentage of corn costs was 34.5% for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, 39.8% for the two months ended February 28, 2010, and 34.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses were $34.0 million, $4.6 million, and $26.7 million, respectively, for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the year ended December 31, 2009.  SG&A expenses in the ten months ended December 31, 2010 were primarily comprised of $16.9 million of salary and benefits expense, $10.4 million of outside services expenses, and $6.7 million of other expenses.  SG&A expenses in the two months ended February 28, 2010 were primarily comprised of $1.0 million of salary and benefits expense, $1.7 million of outside services expenses, and $1.9 million of other expenses.  SG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were primarily comprised of $9.0 million of salary and benefits expense, $9.5 million of outside services expenses, and $8.2 million of other expenses. Outside services expenses in the ten months ended December

 

45



Table of Contents

 

31, 2010 and the two months ended February 28, 2010 include professional fees that we continue to incur related to bankruptcy activities, which were included in reorganization expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

During the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the Company had $1.2 million of expenses related to the start up of the Mt. Vernon facility.  The Mt. Vernon facility ran at approximately 35.2% of nameplate capacity during the month of December 2010, producing approximately 3.2 million gallons of ethanol.

 

Interest expense for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the year ended December 31, 2009 was $8.3 million, $1.4 million, and $14.7 million, respectively.  Interest expense for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 includes $13.2 million of interest expense related to the Notes, $0.6 million related to the Term Loan Facility, $0.4 million of other interest expense, and $0.3 million of amortization of deferred financing fees, reduced by capitalized interest of $6.2 million. Interest expense for the two months ended February 28, 2010 includes pre-petition amended secured revolving credit facility interest expense of $0.6 million, interest expense on our debtor-in-possession debt facility of $0.5 million, and $0.3 million of amortization of deferred financing fees. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 includes $8.1 million of interest expense related to the Old Notes (contractual interest expense not recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $21.9 million), pre-petition amended secured revolving credit facility interest expense of $2.5 million, interest expense on our debtor-in-possession debt facility of $1.8 million, and $2.3 million for amortization of deferred financing fees.

 

Gain (loss) on derivative transactions for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 includes $633 thousand of net realized  and unrealized gains on corn and ethanol derivative contracts versus net realized and unrealized gains in the year ended December 31, 2009 of $1.2 million. The Company recorded no realized or unrealized gains or losses on derivative contracts during the two months ended February 28, 2010. We do not mark to market forward physical contracts to purchase corn or sell ethanol as we account for these transactions as normal purchases and sales under ASC 815.

 

During the ten months ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a loss on the sale of our available for sale securities in Green Plains Renewable Energy, Inc. totaling $2.0 million.

 

During the two months ended February 28, 2010, we recognized reorganization expenses of $20.3 million as compared to $32.4 million during 2009.  The decrease of $12.1 million is primarily due to a decrease of $16.8 million in the provision for rejected executory contracts and leases, offset by an increase of $1.3 million related to professional fees directly related to the reorganization and an increase of $3.4 million for other miscellaneous bankruptcy related items.  The Company did not record reorganization expenses during the ten months ended December 31, 2010.

 

The loss due to fresh-start accounting adjustments of $387.7 million in the two months ended February 28, 2010 consisted of adjustments required to report assets and liabilities upon emergence from bankruptcy at fair value.  See our discussion of fresh start accounting above.  Gain due to plan effects in the two months ended February 28, 2010 of $136.6 million related to implementation of the Plan consisted of $193.5 million of liabilities subject to compromise which were discharged upon emergence less $5.8 million of unamortized debt issuance costs on the Old Notes, $1.6 million related to the write-off of predecessor prepaid directors and officer insurance, $5.3 million of successor-based professional fees awarded under the Plan, $42.6 million related to loss on shares granted in connection with the Notes and $1.6 million of other miscellaneous costs.

 

As a result of our negotiations in 2009 with our former marketing alliance partners, we were able to obtain cash consideration totaling $10.2 million from those counterparties in exchange for the early termination of the marketing alliance agreements. Our alliance partners were willing to pay this amount because it freed them from their contractual obligations of selling ethanol to us on an exclusive basis.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s tax benefit rate for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and the two months ended February 28, 2010 was 0.1% and 0.2%, respectively, of pre-tax loss.  The income tax benefit recorded in the ten months ended December 31, 2010 is net of a valuation allowance of $186.1 million and the income tax benefit recorded in the two months ended February 28, 2010 is net of a valuation allowance of $162.8 million. The valuation allowance recognized on our gross deferred tax assets reduced our deferred tax asset to the amount we believe is more likely than not to be realized.  The valuation allowance includes $150.7 million and $139.4 million, respectively, of reserve against the fresh start valuation adjustment for fixed assets for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and the two months ended February 28, 2010.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

Increase/

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Decrease

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

594.6

 

$

2,248.3

 

$

(1,653.7

)

Cost of goods sold

 

585.9

 

2,239.3

 

(1,653.4

)

Gross profit

 

8.7

 

9.0

 

(0.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(26.7

)

(35.4

)

8.7

 

Other expense

 

(1.5

)

(14.4

)

12.9

 

Operating loss

 

(19.5

)

(34.9

)

15.4

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from termination of marketing agreements

 

10.2

 

 

10.2

 

Loss on sale of auction rate securities

 

 

(31.6

)

31.6

 

Interest income

 

 

3.0

 

(3.0

)

Interest expense

 

(14.7

)

(5.1

)

(9.6

)

Gain on derivative transactions

 

1.2

 

17.1

 

(15.9

)

Loss on marketing alliance investment

 

 

(4.3

)

4.3

 

Reorganization items

 

(32.4

)

 

(32.4

)

Income tax benefit

 

8.9

 

7.5

 

1.4

 

Net loss

 

(46.3

)

(48.3

)

2.0

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

(1.2

)

1.2

 

Net loss

 

$

(46.3

)

$

(47.1

)

$

0.8

 

 

Net sales for 2009 were significantly lower at $594.6 million for 2009 versus $2.2 billion in 2008.  With severely declining gross profit margins and general liquidity stress due to frozen credit markets, we negotiated termination agreements with our marketing alliance partners and began to rationalize our distribution network to primarily focus on sales of our equity production beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008.  We completed the disbanding of our marketing alliance and scaled back our purchase/resale program during the first quarter of 2009.  The average gross selling price of ethanol in 2009 decreased to $1.75 per gallon, from the $2.22 received in 2008.

 

Net sales were generated from the following products:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Increase/

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Ethanol

 

$

490.3

 

$

2,092.7

 

$

(1,602.4

)

By-Products

 

97.9

 

128.5

 

(30.6

)

Other

 

6.4

 

27.1

 

(20.7

)

Total

 

$

594.6

 

$

2,248.3

 

$

(1,653.7

)

 

47



Table of Contents

 

The decrease in ethanol is due to the termination of our marketing alliances and a reduction in our purchase/resale operations. Co-product revenue decreased during 2009 versus 2008 principally from a decrease in co-product pricing due to lower corn prices.  Co-product pricing tends to follow the price of corn since the co-products are a substitute for corn as an animal feedstock.  We sold 1.1 million tons of co-products in both 2009 and 2008.  Co-product revenues, as a percentage of corn costs, were 34.1% during 2009, versus 35.9% in 2008.  Co-product returns, as a percentage of corn costs, decreased in 2009 compared to 2008 as the co-product prices decreased more than the decrease in corn costs.

 

Cost of goods sold consists of the cost to produce ethanol at our own facilities, the cost of purchased ethanol, the cost of freight and logistics to ship ethanol and co-products, the cost of ethanol sold from inventory and the cost of motor fuel taxes which have been billed to customers.  Cost of goods sold for 2009 was $585.9 million, a significant decrease from the $2.2 billion in 2008.

 

Production costs include corn costs, conversion costs and depreciation.  Corn costs in 2009 totaled $287.1 million, or $3.87 per bushel, versus $358.4 million, or $5.02 per bushel, in 2008.  The decrease in corn costs is due to the record high corn prices in 2008.

 

Conversion costs for 2009 decreased to $96.7 million from $131.8 million for 2008.  The total dollars spent on conversion costs decreased year over year primarily as a result of significant cost reductions for natural gas, materials and supplies, outside services, and denaturant.  Conversion cost per gallon decreased year over year to $0.49 per gallon in 2009 versus $0.70 per gallon in 2008.  Our plants ran at 98 % and 94% of capacity for 2009 and 2008, respectively, after adjusting for differences in denaturant blending levels.  Depreciation for 2009 totaled $14.4 million versus $14.5 million in 2008.

 

Purchased ethanol in 2009 totaled $138.5 million versus approximately $1.5 billion in 2008.  The decrease in purchased ethanol results from a decrease in the number of gallons of ethanol purchased from marketing alliance partners as well as a decrease in purchase/resale gallons purchased, along with a decrease in the cost per gallon of ethanol purchased.  In 2009, we purchased 66.4 million gallons of ethanol at an average cost of $1.56 per gallon as compared to 754.3 million gallons of ethanol at an average cost of $2.04 in 2008.

 

Freight/logistics costs in 2009 decreased to $44.9 million, or approximately $0.16 per gallon, from $175.3 million, or $0.19 per gallon in 2008.  Freight/logistics cost per gallon is calculated by taking total freight/logistics costs incurred and dividing by the total ethanol gallons sold.  Total freight/logistics costs also include costs to ship co-products.

 

The average cost of inventory was $1.44 at the end of 2009 as compared to $1.54 at the end of the 2008 reflecting the decline in the average ethanol prices in 2009 using our weighted average FIFO approach to valuing inventory.  The economic impact of selling gallons that were previously held in inventory at the end of 2008 during 2009 was a decrease in gross margin of approximately $4.2 million.

 

Motor fuel taxes were $5.6 million in 2009 versus $17.6 million in 2008.  The cost of motor fuel taxes are recovered through billings to customers.

 

SG&A expenses were $26.7 million in 2009, a decrease of $8.7 million, or 24.6%, as compared to $35.4 million in 2008.  The decrease in SG&A is primarily attributable to decreases in salaries of $2.8 million, salaried stock compensation of $3.5 million, and outside services of $1.6 million partially offset by an increase of $0.9 million in bad debt expense.

 

Financial results for 2009 were also positively impacted by the recognition of $10.2 million in income from termination of marketing agreements. As a result of our negotiations in 2009 with our former marketing alliance partners, we were able to obtain cash consideration totaling $10.2 million from those counterparties in exchange for the early termination of the marketing alliance agreements. Our alliance

 

48



Table of Contents

 

partners were willing to pay this amount because it freed them from their contractual obligations of selling ethanol to us on an exclusive basis.

 

Interest income in 2009 was $11 thousand versus $3.0 million in 2008.  The decrease in interest income is due to a reduction in available funds to invest.

 

Interest expense in 2009 was $14.7 million as compared to $5.1 million in 2008.  Interest expense in 2009 consists of $8.1 million on our $300 million aggregate principal amount of Old Notes, $2.5 million on borrowing on our secured revolving credit facility, $2.3 million for amortization of deferred financing fees, and $1.8 million on our debtor-in-possession debt facility.  We ceased the accrual of interest on the Old Notes as of the Petition Date resulting in $21.9 million of contractual interest not being accrued in 2009.  Interest expense capitalization was suspended with the halting of the expansion projects at the Mt. Vernon and Aurora West facilities.  Interest expense in 2008 was reduced by the capitalization of $26.4 million in interest expense on the expansion projects.

 

Due to our purchase in October 2008 of the remaining 21.58% of our Nebraska subsidiary we did not already own, we have been recognizing 100% of the operating results of Nebraska Energy, LLC in our consolidated financial statements during 2009.

 

Other non-operating income for 2009 includes $1.2 million net realized and unrealized gains on derivative contracts compared to $17.1 million in 2008.  We significantly reduced our hedging activity during bankruptcy with only $31 thousand of non-operating income recorded in the last three quarters of 2009.

 

The Company’s annual tax benefit rate for 2009 was 16.2% of pre-tax loss.  The income tax benefit recorded in 2009 is net of a valuation allowance of $24 million.  The valuation allowance recognized on our gross deferred tax assets reduced our deferred tax asset to the amount we believe is more likely than not to be realized.  The valuation allowance includes $13.7 million of reserve against the income tax benefit related to the capital losses incurred mainly on auction rate securities as we do not expect to have sufficient capital gains to offset the $35.2 million of total capital loss.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The following table sets forth selected information concerning our financial condition:

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

(In millions, except current ratio)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

34.5

 

$

52.6

 

Net working capital

 

$

74.5

 

$

38.1

 

Total debt (1)(2)

 

$

348.0

 

$

42.8

 

Current ratio

 

1.38

 

1.60

 

 


(1)       As of December 31, 2009, total debt excludes our Old Notes, which are recorded in pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise.

(2)       Concurrent with the closing of our Term Loan Agreement in December 2010, we irrevocably deposited in trust with the trustee for the Notes, $164.8 million of the proceeds from the Term Loan Facility, funds sufficient to pay the redemption price for all $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Company redeemed such Notes on January 21, 2011.

 

As a result of the Chapter 11 cases, as described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we faced uncertainty regarding the adequacy of our liquidity and capital resources and had limited access to financing. The bankruptcy filing constituted an event of default under our secured revolving credit facility and the indenture governing our Old Notes, and the debt obligations under those agreements became automatically and immediately due and payable, subject to the automatic stay provisions of Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Petition Date, the date on which we filed for bankruptcy, the amount of outstanding borrowings and letters of credit under the secured revolving credit facility totaled

 

49



Table of Contents

 

approximately $18.4 million and $22.0 million, respectively, and the aggregate principal amount outstanding on our Old Notes was $300.0 million.

 

At emergence from bankruptcy on March 15, 2010, we obtained approximately $98.0 million of proceeds through the issuance of $105.0 million principal amount of the Notes and 1,710,000 shares of common stock. We used these proceeds to pay $27.8 million to retire our previous secured revolving credit facility, $15.0 million to retire our debtor-in-possession debt facility, $17.9 million to Kiewit Energy Company to repay secured claims related to our expansion projects in Aurora, Nebraska and Mt. Vernon, Indiana, $4.9 million to pay other secured and priority claims, $4.3 million to pay professional fees, $1.7 million to Applied Process Technology International LLC for license agreements which provide the Company with all of the rights to the Delta-T Technology necessary to construct and operate the ethanol expansion facilities at Aurora West and Mt. Vernon and $7.8 million to fund additional restricted cash. Our Old Notes of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness, along with $15.5 million of interest, were discharged upon emergence from bankruptcy and participated in the distribution of 6.84 million shares of new equity reserved for distribution to general unsecured claimholders.  $167.2 million of the Old Notes (including accrued but unpaid interest) was discharged outright in bankruptcy and $148.3 million of the Old Notes, representing the noteholder’s relative share of the total claims participating in the distribution of new equity, was discharged through the noteholder’s right to settlement through participation in the distribution of new equity. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 5.6 million of the 6.8 million shares have been distributed. At December 31, 2010, approximately 1.2 million shares remain to be distributed to holders of general unsecured claims and Old Notes. We generally expect to distribute shares in quarterly distributions on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, until all remaining shares have been distributed. However, because our ability to distribute shares held in reserve depends on resolving outstanding claims currently in dispute, it is difficult to predict the amount of each quarterly distribution, if any, or when all the remaining shares will be distributed.

 

The Company increased its allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2009 by $2.1 million compared to the prior period. The increased bad debt activity primarily reflects customer accounts wherein the customer also is a vendor of the Company. The Company filed its bankruptcy petition in April 2009, and owed certain vendors for pre-petition liabilities and/or subsequently rejected purchase contracts with certain vendors. In certain circumstances, vendors of the Company, who were not paid pre-petition liabilities or had contracts rejected by the Company, were also customers of the Company. Subsequently, those customers failed to remit payments owed to the Company in contemplation of disputes about their bankruptcy claims against the Company. The Company evaluated each non-paying customer account separately, and increased its allowance for doubtful accounts in 2009 by $2.1 million to reflect the expectation that such receivables might become uncollectible.

 

Sources of Liquidity

 

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by our borrowing facility, and cash provided by operations. If our future cash flow is insufficient to meet our debt obligations and commitments, we may be required to undertake alternative financing plans, such as: (i) refinancing or restructuring our debt, (ii) selling assets, (iii) reducing or delaying capital investments, or (iv) seeking to raise additional capital. There can be no assurance, however, that undertaking alternative financing plans would allow us to meet our debt obligations. Our inability to meet our debt obligations and commitments could lead to an event of default under either the Term Loan Agreement or the Revolving Credit Agreement. If an event of default occurs under the Term Loan Agreement, then the Term Loan Facility may become immediately due and payable and the holders could accelerate repayment of the obligations under the Term Loan Facility or foreclose on the collateral granted to them. If an event of default occurs under the Revolving Credit Agreement, then the lenders may terminate their commitments under the Revolving Facility, accelerate repayment of the obligations under the Revolving Facility, or foreclose on the collateral granted to them. In addition, an event of default under either the Term Loan Agreement or the Revolving

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Credit Agreement may lead to an event of default under the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Term Loan Agreement, respectively, under certain circumstances.

 

In addition, our ability to execute on our growth strategy will be determined, in large part, by the availability of debt and equity capital, and we continuously evaluate our financing opportunities. Any decision regarding a financing transaction, and our ability to complete such a transaction, will depend on prevailing market conditions and other factors. Our ability to meet our liquidity requirements and execute on our growth strategy can be impacted by economic conditions outside of our control, such as the disruption in the capital and credit markets that occurred in 2008 and 2009, as well as commodity price volatility. We may be required to seek sources of capital earlier than anticipated, although the restrictions in our Revolving Credit Agreement and Term Loan Agreement may impair our ability to access other sources of capital, and access to additional capital may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $50.7 million and increased by $32.7 million, respectively, during the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and the two months ended February 28, 2010.  Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2010, February 28, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were $34.5 million, $85.2 million and $52.6 million, respectively.

 

Cash available under our liquidity facility. As described further below, pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date, the Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement with PNC, as lender and as agent, providing for a $20.0 million Revolving Facility, which was increased to $30.0 million in February 2011. Amounts under the Revolving Facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed with all amounts outstanding due and payable on March 15, 2013. The maximum amount outstanding under the Revolving Facility is limited by the amount of eligible receivables and eligible inventory of the borrowers. The Revolving Credit Agreement contains mandatory prepayment requirements in certain circumstances upon the sale of certain collateral, subject to the ability to reborrow revolving advances. Termination of the Revolving Facility is subject to a prepayment premium if terminated more than 90 days prior to the third anniversary of the Revolving Facility.

 

Total liquidity at December 31, 2010 was $38.6 million, comprised of $34.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and $4.1 million availability under the Revolving Facility. As of December 31, 2010, there were no amounts drawn against the Revolving Facility, and there were $13.9 million of outstanding letters of credit issued against the Revolving Facility. The Revolving Facility and the $13.9 million outstanding letters of credit were collateralized by $16.2 million in a restricted cash account.

 

On December 22, 2010, we entered into the Term Loan Agreement. Under the Term Loan Agreement, the lenders provided us an aggregate principal amount $200.0 million Term Loan Facility. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including that no default or event of default shall have occurred and pro forma compliance with the financial covenants after giving effect to the borrowings thereunder, we may request the creation of one or more new tranches of term loans or increase in the total commitments under the Term Loan Agreement in an amount up to $25.0 million. The proceeds of loans under the Term Loan Agreement of $192.0 million, net of $8.0 million of original issuance discount, were used (1) to redeem the Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $155.0 million at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, (2) to pay related transaction costs, fees and expenses of $5.6 million, and (3) for general corporate purposes.

 

We believe that we have sufficient liquidity through our cash and cash equivalents, cash from operations and borrowing capacity under our Revolving Facility to meet our short-term and long-term normal recurring operating needs, debt service obligations, contingencies, and anticipated capital expenditures through 2011 and beyond.

 

Cash provided by operations. Net cash used in operating activities for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and the two months ended February 28, 2010 was $19.2 million and $11.7 million,

 

51



Table of Contents

 

respectively, as compared to cash provided by operating activities of $40.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Cash used in operations in 2010 was negatively impacted by significant operating losses incurred in 2010 and payments of secured and priority claims as we emerged from bankruptcy. In 2009, we offset an operating loss by generating significant amounts of cash from the liquidation of receivables and inventory, along with the receipt of alliance termination payments, offset partially by reductions in accounts payable. As a result of our bankruptcy filing, we did not pay pre-petition accounts payable as they came due, which provided cash from operations.

 

Uses of Liquidity

 

Our principal uses of liquidity are payments related to our outstanding debt and liquidity facility, working capital, funding of operations, and capital expenditures.

 

Payments related to our predecessor debt and liquidity facility. During the two months ended February 28, 2010, we used $42.8 million of cash to make required repayments of borrowings on our Revolving Facility with JPMorgan Chase and our debtor-in-possession debt facility. At December 31, 2010, the Company had no letters of credit outstanding as issued by our prior lenders.

 

Working capital. Our net working capital position increased by $36.4 million to $74.5 million at December 31, 2010 from $38.1 million at December 31, 2009.  Current assets increased by $169.3 million to $270.2 million at December 31, 2010 from $100.9 million at December 31, 2009 primarily related to $164.8 of restricted cash, which was used in January 2011 to redeem the Company’s Notes.  Current liabilities increased by $132.9 million to $195.7 million at December 31, 2010 from $62.8 million at December 31, 2009 primarily related to the Company’s $155.0 million Notes, which were redeemed in January 2011.  Such increase was offset by a decrease of $42.8 million related to short-term borrowings from $42.8 million at December 31, 2009 to $0 at December 31, 2010.  The 2009 balance was comprised of $27.8 million related to a secured revolving credit facility with JP Morgan Chase Bank and $15.0 million related to the debtor-in-possession debt facility.  Both were paid down during 2010.

 

Capital expenditures. During the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and the two months ended February 28, 2010, we spent approximately $77.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively, on capital projects. Of the $77.7 million spent during the ten months ended December 31, 2010, $76.8 million, including capitalized interest of $6.2 million, was spent on our capacity expansion projects in Mt. Vernon, Indiana and Aurora, Nebraska.  Additionally, during 2010, $16.9 million was spent to acquire the Canton facility.

 

We expect the Aurora West facility and the Canton facility to become operational in 2011, subject to weather conditions, commodity prices, and the availability of working capital.  We expect to incur approximately $5.3 million of capital expenditures in 2011 to make the Canton facility operational. As of December 31, 2010, no steps have been taken toward making the Canton facility operational. However, we do expect to make several improvements including mash fermentation improvements to include a dual train mash heat exchanger allowing for a clean in process approach to reduce infections and improve yields, boiler house improvements including replacement of the coal feeder screw system to improve the flow of coal into the gasifier and boiler maintenance. We expect to expend the capital necessary to achieve these updates and bring the Canton facility to operational status during 2011. We expect to fund the remaining capital expenditures from cash and cash equivalents on hand as well as cash provided by operations. However, as noted above, prevailing market conditions and other factors may require us to seek sources of capital, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Financing

 

Term Loan Agreement

 

On December 22, 2010, Aventine entered into the Term Loan Agreement.  Under the Term Loan Agreement, the lenders provided to Aventine an aggregate principal amount $200.0 million Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility was issued net of original issue discount of $8.0 million. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including that no default or event of default shall have occurred and pro forma compliance with the financial covenants after giving effect to the borrowings thereunder, Aventine may request the creation of one or more new tranches of term loans or increase in the total commitments under the Term Loan Agreement in an amount up to $25.0 million.  The proceeds of loans under the Term Loan Agreement of $192.0 million, net of $8.0 million of original issue discount, were used (1) to redeem the Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $155.0 million at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, (2) to pay related transaction costs, fees and expenses of $5.6 million, and (3) for general corporate purposes.

 

The loans under the Term Loan Agreement will mature on December 22, 2015, and amortize in quarterly installments until maturity in an amount equal to 1% per year with the balance due at maturity.  Under the terms of the Term Loan Agreement, Aventine may request, not less than 45 days prior to the then-effective maturity date, and subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, that the loans under the Term Loan Agreement be extended.  The indebtedness and obligations under the Term Loan Agreement are secured by a lien on all or substantially all of the assets of Aventine and its subsidiaries, as subsidiary guarantors.  The security interest granted in the collateral constituting substantially all of Aventine’s and its subsidiaries’ fixed assets is first priority in nature, subject to customary exceptions, and the security interests granted in all other assets are second priority in nature and subject to customary liens and the first priority lien on such assets under Aventine’s existing Revolving Facility.

 

Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement bear interest at (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 8.5% per annum or (ii) the alternate base rate plus 7.5% per annum.  The LIBOR rate is subject to a 2% floor.  The alternate base rate is calculated based on the greater of (i) 3% per annum and (ii) the highest of (A) the Federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (B) the LIBOR rate for an interest period of one month plus 1%, (C) the three-month certificate of deposit rate plus 1/2 of 1%, and (D) Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate.

 

The Term Loan Agreement contains mandatory prepayment provisions associated with specified assets sales, the incurrence or issuance of certain indebtedness and certain casualty and condemnation events.  Commencing in the first quarter of 2012 with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, each year Aventine will be required to apply toward the prepayment of loans under the Term Loan Facility, a portion of its excess cash flow as calculated under the terms of the Term Loan Agreement.  The portion will be 50%; however, if the leverage ratio as calculated under the Term Loan Agreement as of the last day of the then completed fiscal year is less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than 1.75:1.00, such percentage will be 25% and if the leverage ratio as calculated under the Term Loan Agreement as of the last day of the then completed fiscal year is less than or equal to 1.75:1.00, such percentage will be 0%. Additionally, if Aventine makes optional prepayments of the Term Loan Facility on or prior to the first anniversary date of the closing date under the Term Loan Facility, such payment must be made at a make-whole price based on the yield to maturity of U.S. Treasury notes with a maturity closest to the first anniversary of the closing date plus 50 basis points.  Any optional prepayments made:  (1) after the first anniversary of the closing date but prior to the second anniversary of the closing date will have a 3% prepayment premium, (2) after the second anniversary of the closing date but prior to the third anniversary of the closing date will have a 2% prepayment premium and (d) after the third anniversary of the closing date but prior to the fourth anniversary of the closing date will have a 1% prepayment premium.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

The Term Loan Facility requires Aventine to maintain liquidity as calculated under the Term Loan Agreement at (1) $15.0 million or greater on the closing date and thereafter through the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 or (2) $25.0 million or greater during the fiscal ending December 31, 2012 and thereafter, in each case for a period of 15 consecutive days during such fiscal year.  Additionally, Aventine is required to maintain a debt to capitalization ratio as calculated under the Term Loan Agreement of equal to or less than 0.65 to 1.00.  The Term Loan Agreement also contains other customary affirmative and negative covenants concerning the conduct of Aventine’s business operations, such as limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the granting of liens, mergers, consolidations and dispositions of assets, restricted payments and the payment of dividends, investments, and transactions with affiliates.

 

The Term Loan Agreement contains customary events of default, including, but not limited to, failure to pay principal or interest, failure to pay or default under other material debt, misrepresentation or breach of warranty, violation of certain covenants, a change of control, the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding, Aventine or its subsidiaries’ insolvency and the rendering of a judgment or judgments against Aventine or its subsidiaries in excess of a specified amount individually or in the aggregate.  Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Aventine’s obligations under the Term Loan Facility may be accelerated and all indebtedness thereunder would become immediately due and payable.

 

A portion of the proceeds from the Term Loan Facility was used to redeem the $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. On December 22, 2010, we gave notice of redemption pursuant to the indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of the Effective Date among the Company, each of the Company’s direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, as guarantors (the “Guarantors”), and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee and collateral agent,  providing that we would redeem all $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date. Concurrently with the closing of the Term Loan Agreement, we irrevocably deposited in trust with the trustee for the Notes, $164.8 million of the proceeds from the Term Loan Facility, funds sufficient to pay the redemption price for all $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Company redeemed such Notes on January 21, 2011.

 

Revolving Facility

 

Pursuant to the Plan, on March 15, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement with PNC, as lender and as agent, providing for a $20.0 million Revolving Facility. On February 28, 2011, the Company amended the Revolving Facility which increased the maximum loan amount to $30.0 million.  The amendment requires the Company to provide cash as security for all outstanding and undrawn letters of credit but allows the Company to utilize the existing $5.0 million pledged to PNC as part of the cash required to secure the letters of credit.  As of February 28, 2011 the Company had cash secured letters of credit of $10.3 million and $3.6 million in letters of credit secured by the undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Agreement.  Upon the execution of the amendment the Company moved $3.6 million of the previously pledged $5.0 million of cash as security for the letters of credit.  The Company continues to be subject to all other terms and restrictions contained in the original agreement.

 

Amounts under the Revolving Facility may be borrowed, repaid, and reborrowed with all amounts outstanding due and payable on March 15, 2013. The maximum amount outstanding under the Revolving Facility is limited by the amount of eligible receivables and eligible inventory of the borrowers. The Revolving Credit Agreement contains mandatory prepayment requirements in certain circumstances upon the sale of certain collateral, subject to the ability to reborrow revolving advances. Termination of the Revolving Facility is subject to a prepayment premium if terminated more than 90 days prior to the third anniversary of the Revolving Facility.

 

Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at the option of the Company, the alternate base rate plus 3.00% or the Eurodollar rate plus 6.00%. The Company

 

54



Table of Contents

 

will pay a commitment fee of 1.00% per annum for unused committed amounts under the Revolving Facility. Interest is due monthly in arrears with respect to alternate base rate loans and at the end of each interest period with respect to Eurodollar rate loans. For Eurodollar rate loans with interest periods greater than 3 months, interest is payable every 3 months from the first day of such interest period and on the last day of such interest period.

 

Up to $17.0 million of the Revolving Facility may be applied to letters of credit. Issued letters of credit reduce availability under the Revolving Facility. The Company will pay a fee for issued and undrawn letters of credit at 6.00% per annum of the average daily face amount of each outstanding letter of credit and a per annum fronting fee of 0.25% payable quarterly.

 

The Revolving Credit Agreement contains, and the Company and its subsidiaries are required to comply with, customary covenants for facilities of this type, such as (i) affirmative covenants as to maintenance of existence, compliance with laws, preservation of collateral, environmental matters, insurance, payment of taxes, access to books and records, use of proceeds, maintenance of cash management systems, priority of liens in favor of the lenders, maintenance of assets and monthly, quarterly, annual and other reporting obligations, and (ii) negative covenants, including limitations on liens, additional indebtedness, loans, guarantees, dividends, nature of business, transactions with affiliates, investments, asset dispositions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, formation of subsidiaries, accounting changes and amendments to constituent documents.

 

The Revolving Credit Agreement includes customary events of default for facilities of this type, including (i) failure to pay principal, interest or other amounts when due, (ii) breach of representations and warranties, (iii) breach of covenants, (iv) bankruptcy, (v) occurrence of a material adverse effect, (vi) cross-default to other indebtedness, (vii) judgment default, (viii) invalidity of any loan document, (ix) failure of liens to be perfected, (x)  the occurrence of a change of ownership, and (xi) loss of material licenses or permits, cessation of operations and the incurrence of certain Employee Retirement Income Security Act liabilities.  Upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default, the lenders may (i) terminate their commitments under the Revolving Facility, (ii) accelerate the repayment of all of the Company’s obligations under the Revolving Facility, and (iii) foreclose on the collateral granted to them.

 

The Revolving Credit Agreement grants a first priority lien (subject to certain exclusions) to PNC on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ (i) accounts receivable, (ii) general intangibles related to accounts receivable and inventory, (iii) intellectual property, (iv) inventory, (v) investment property, (vi) instruments related to the foregoing, (vii) deposit accounts, (viii) letters of credit, (ix) money, (x) letter-of-credit rights, (xi) books and records, and (xii) all proceeds of the foregoing. In addition, in connection with the Second Amendment to the Revolving Facility, the Company also granted a lien on substantially all of its fixed assets, as described below.

 

On August 6, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into the First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “First Amendment”) with the financial institutions party thereto as lenders and PNC.  The First Amendment amends the Revolving Credit Agreement by increasing the letter of credit sublimit under the Revolving Credit Agreement from $12.0 million to $17.0 million.  The First Amendment also modifies the capital expenditure limitations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries under the Revolving Credit Agreement and its daily inventory reporting requirements to permit PNC to agree not to require daily reporting by the borrowers of in-transit inventory.

 

Issued letters of credit reduce availability under the Revolving Facility.  If issued and outstanding letters of credit under the Revolving Facility exceed the borrowing base of eligible receivables and inventory, the Company would be required to provide additional cash collateral to cover any borrowing base shortfall.  The Company will pay a fee for issued and undrawn letters of credit at 6.00% per annum of the average daily face amount of each outstanding letter of credit and a per annum fronting fee of 0.25% payable quarterly.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

On December 22, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into the Second Amendment with PNC. Under the terms of the Second Amendment, the Company granted a lien in substantially all of its fixed assets, such that the secured parties under the Revolving Facility have a second priority lien in such assets. The Second Amendment also modifies the capital expenditure limitations applicable to the Company under the Revolving Credit Agreement. Additionally, the Company is required to maintain its liquidity at equal to or greater than (1) $15.0 million on the closing date and thereafter through the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 and (2) $25.0 million during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 and thereafter, and in each case may not fall below those levels for a period of 15 consecutive days during such fiscal year. Also, the Company is required to maintain a debt to capitalization ratio of equal to or less than 0.65 to 1.00.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had $13.9 million in letters of credit outstanding, which were collateralized by $10.2 million in a restricted cash account.  Availability under the Revolving Facility was $4.1 million at December 31, 2010.

 

Senior Secured Notes

 

Pursuant to the Plan, on March 15, 2010, the Effective Date, the Company issued and sold an aggregate of $105 million principal amount of the Notes.  In addition, on August 19, 2010, the Company issued and sold an additional $50 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes, resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $51 million (excluding accrued interest on the Notes through the issue date).  The Notes were issued under the Indenture in private transactions that were not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  The Notes accrued interest at a rate of 13% for cash interest payments and 15% if the Company elected paid-in-kind interest payments.

 

The Notes were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors.  The Company was required to pay interest on the Notes quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, starting on June 15, 2010. The Notes were to mature on March 15, 2015.  The Company used the net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes to fund payments required to be made pursuant to the Plan, and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

On December 22, 2010, we gave notice of redemption pursuant to the Indenture providing that we would redeem all $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date. The redemption date for such Notes was January 21, 2011.  In connection with the redemption, we paid $164.8 million, of which $155.0 million related to the principal amount of the Notes, $7.8 million related to a premium on the Notes and $2.0 million related to interest on the Notes.

 

Pursuant to a Backstop Commitment Agreement (“Backstop Commitment Agreement”), dated as of December 3, 2009, among the Company and Brigade Capital Management, LLC (“Brigade”), Nomura Corporate Research & Asset Management, Inc., Whitebox Advisors, LLC (“Whitebox”), Senator Investment Group LP (“Senator”) and SEACOR Capital Corporation (collectively the “Backstop Purchasers”), the Backstop Purchasers committed to purchasing specified percentages of the Notes and 1,710,000 shares of the Company’s common stock issued and sold in the private placement that closed on March 15, 2010.

 

Pursuant to the Plan and Confirmation Order, on March 15, 2010, the Company on the one hand, and Brigade, Whitebox and Senator (collectively, the “Majority Backstop Purchasers”) on the other hand, entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement”) with respect to the shares of common stock that, on or following the Effective Date, were issued to (i) holders of the Old Notes that were cancelled pursuant to the Plan that subscribed to the sale of the Notes and 1,710,000 shares of new common stock and (ii) the Backstop Purchasers or managed funds or accounts of the Backstop Purchasers. The Backstop Purchasers or their managed funds or accounts were

 

56



Table of Contents

 

holders of the Old Notes. The Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement required the Company to file with the SEC a registration statement relating to the 1,710,000 shares of common stock and shares of common stock held by managed funds or accounts of the Backstop Purchasers no later than the 180th day following the Effective Date and to cause such registration statement to be declared effective no later than the 365th day after the Effective Date, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein. The Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement also provides holders of general unsecured claims that receive 10% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding after all shares of common stock to be distributed under the plan of reorganization have been distributed with certain piggyback registration rights in connection with the registration of the 1,710,000 shares of common stock and shares of stock held by managed funds or accounts of the Backstop Purchasers.

 

The Company filed a registration statement with the SEC on September 10, 2010, which was within the Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement specified period of 180 days following the Effective Date.  However, as of the date of filing this Annual Report, the registration statement has not yet been declared effective.  Management believes that this will not have a material financial impact to the Company.

 

Warrant Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Plan and Confirmation Order, on March 15, 2010, the Company entered into a warrant agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”). Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 450,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustment for, among other things, the matters described below (the “Warrants”). The Warrants will expire on March 15, 2015 or, if earlier, in connection with the consummation of a change of control of the Company (the “Expiration Date”); provided that the Company may accelerate the Expiration Date in certain circumstances as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Each Warrant entitles its holder to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $40.94 (the “Exercise Price”), subject to adjustment for, among other things, the matters described below. Except as otherwise set forth in the Warrant Agreement, Warrants may be exercised at any time after issuance until the Expiration Date. Holders that elect to exercise the Warrants must do so by (i) providing written notice of such election to the Warrant Agent prior to the Expiration Date, in the form prescribed in the Warrant Agreement, (ii) surrendering to the Warrant Agent the certificate evidencing such Warrants, and (iii) (x) paying the applicable exercise price for all Warrants being exercised or (y) if a change of control or similar transaction occurs where the Warrants would become exercisable for cash, in lieu of paying the Exercise Price, notify the Warrant Agent that such holder elects to receive a cash payment equal to the net amount payable in such transaction with respect to the number of shares such Warrants are being exercised for in excess of the Exercise Price for all such Warrants.

 

Holders of the Warrants (solely in their capacity as a holder of Warrants) are not entitled to any rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote, receive notice of any meeting of stockholders or receive dividends, allotments or other distributions. The number of shares of common stock for which a Warrant is exercisable and the Exercise Price are subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain customary adjustment events.

 

In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a merger of the Company into or a consolidation of the Company with another entity, or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger of another entity into the Company, or similar event, each holder of a Warrant will have the right to receive, upon exercise of a Warrant (if then exercisable), an amount of securities, cash or other property receivable by a holder of the number of shares of common stock for which a Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such event.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity Outlook

 

Our ability to maintain adequate liquidity depends in part upon industry conditions and general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory, and other factors beyond our control. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary significantly from year to year due to the cyclical nature of our industry. As a result, the amount of debt we can manage in some periods may not be appropriate for us in other periods. Additionally, our future cash flow may be insufficient to meet our debt obligations and commitments. Any insufficiency could negatively impact our business. A range of economic, competitive, business and industry factors will affect our future financial performance, and, as a result, our ability to generate cash flow from operations, and to pay our debt. Many of these factors, such as ethanol prices, corn prices, economic, and financial conditions in our industry and the global economy or competitive initiatives of our competitors are beyond our control.

 

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by our borrowing facility, and cash provided by operations. At December 31, 2010, we had $34.5 million of cash and cash equivalents and $74.5 million in net working capital.  Additionally, at December 31, 2010, we had availability under the Revolving Facility of approximately $4.1 million. On March 1, 2011, we entered an amendment to the Revolving Facility which increased the availability to $14.1 million as of that date.  We depend on the Revolving Facility for future working capital needs. If there is an event of default by us under the Revolving Facility that continues beyond any applicable cure period, resulting in amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable, or if our qualifying inventory and accounts receivable decline such that our borrowing base is limited, we may not have sufficient funds available to repay such borrowings or we may be unable to borrow a sufficient amount to fund our operations.  In the event that cash flows and borrowings under the Revolving Facility are not sufficient to meet our cash requirements, we may be required to seek additional financing.

 

Our liquidity position is significantly influenced by our operating results, which in turn are substantially dependent on commodity prices, especially prices for corn, ethanol, natural gas, and unleaded gasoline. As a result, adverse commodity price movements adversely impact our liquidity. Often, movements in commodity prices are well correlated such that increases or decreases in commodities movements provide a predictable change in our liquidity.  However, in the last three years, there have been periods of time in which other economic factors cause a significant deterioration in commodity price correlations such that our ability to predict our liquidity level may be significantly diminished.  Accordingly, we can provide no assurance that the amounts of cash available from operations, together with the Revolving Facility, will be sufficient to fund our operations.

 

Our principal uses of liquidity are payments related to our outstanding debt and liquidity facility, working capital, funding of operations, and capital expenditures. Under our Term Loan, we are required to maintain a minimum liquidity position of $15 million comprised of available cash and borrowing capacity under our Revolving Facility throughout 2011, and $25 million beginning in 2012.  Based on current commodity prices and market conditions, our liquidity forecast may indicate a need to defer start up of our Aurora West facility and our Canton facility beyond 2011.  If we do not generate enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our principal uses of liquidity, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or raising additional capital. However, under our Term Loan, we are required to maintain a debt to total capitalization ratio of less than 0.65. There is no assurance that undertaking alternative financing plans, if necessary, would allow us to meet our debt obligations our other uses of liquidity.

 

Despite the risks identified associated with our liquidity and our forecasted operating cash flows, we believe that we have sufficient liquidity through our cash and cash equivalents, cash from operations and borrowing capacity under our Revolving Facility to meet our short-term and long-term normal recurring operating needs, debt service obligations, contingencies, and anticipated capital expenditures through 2011

 

58



Table of Contents

 

and beyond.  We also believe that the additional avenues available to preserve liquidity in the event of an industry or economic downturn are adequate to allow us to continue operations through 2011 and beyond.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

 

The following table provides a summary of our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2010.  Other non-current liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheet that may not be fully disclosed below include accrued pension and post retirement costs.  Refer to Notes 15 and 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

Total

 

Less
Than
1 year

 

1-3
years

 

3-5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Long-term debt (including interest)(1)

 

$

467.5

 

$

183.8

 

$

42.1

 

$

241.6

 

$

 

Leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Railcar leases

 

22.3

 

6.8

 

10.9

 

4.5

 

0.1

 

Terminal leases

 

1.5

 

0.4

 

0.6

 

0.5

 

 

Ports of Indiana wharfage

 

4.3

 

0.3

 

0.5

 

0.5

 

3.0

 

Property leases

 

6.4

 

0.5

 

0.9

 

0.9

 

4.1

 

Capital leases

 

1.2

 

0.8

 

0.4

 

 

 

Commodities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coal contracts

 

14.6

 

14.6

 

 

 

 

Natural gas

 

2.1

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

Denaturant

 

0.9

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

Corn

 

18.0

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT services and licenses

 

0.9

 

0.4

 

0.5

 

 

 

Master Development Agreement (2)

 

2.5

 

1.7

 

0.8

 

 

 

Total Contractual obligations

 

$

542.2

 

$

230.3

 

$

56.7

 

$

248.0

 

$

7.2

 

 


(1)          On December 22, 2010, we gave notice of redemption pursuant to the Indenture providing that we would redeem all $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date.

(2)          If the Aurora West facility is completed prior to July 2012, this commitment will be reduced.

 

Environmental Matters

 

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permit conditions (and interpretations thereof), including, among other things, those relating to the discharge of hazardous and other waste materials into the air, water and ground, the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation and/or disposal of hazardous materials, and the health and safety of our employees. We are also subject to potential liability for the investigation and cleanup of environmental contamination at each of the properties that we own or operate and at off-site locations where we arranged for the disposal of hazardous wastes.  We may also be subject to related claims by private parties alleging property damage or personal injury due to exposure to hazardous or other materials at or from such properties or other impacts of our operations.  We may be adversely affected by environmental, health, and safety laws, regulations, and liabilities.

 

For more information about our environmental compliance and actual and potential environmental liabilities, see “Business — Environmental and Regulatory Matters.”

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Market Risks

 

We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in commodity prices and changes in interest rates.

 

Commodity Price Risks

 

In the ordinary course of business, we may enter into various types of transactions involving financial instruments to manage and reduce the impact of changes in commodity prices, including price risk on anticipated purchases of corn, natural gas and the sale of ethanol. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

We are subject to market risk with respect to the price and availability of corn, the principal raw material we use to produce ethanol and ethanol by-products. In general, rising corn prices result in lower profit margins and, therefore, represent unfavorable market conditions. This is especially true when market conditions do not allow us to pass along increased corn costs to our customers. The availability and price of corn is subject to wide fluctuations due to unpredictable factors such as weather conditions, farmer planting decisions, governmental policies with respect to agriculture and international trade, and global demand and supply. Our weighted-average gross corn cost for 2010 was approximately 5.3% higher than 2009, while our weighted-average gross corn cost for 2009 was approximately 22.8% lower than 2008.

 

We have firm-price purchase commitments with some of our corn suppliers under which we agree to buy corn at a price set in advance of the actual delivery of that corn to us. Under these arrangements, we assume the risk of a decrease in the market price of corn between the time this price is fixed and the time the corn is delivered.  At December 31, 2010, we had firm-price purchase commitments to purchase approximately 3.0 million bushels of corn for delivery through December 2011.  At December 31, 2009, we had firm-price purchase commitments to purchase 1.4 million bushels of corn at an average fixed price of $3.95 per bushel for delivery through December 2010.  We have elected to account for these transactions as normal purchases under ASC 815, and accordingly, did not mark these transactions to market.

 

In order to reduce our market exposure to price decreases, we have in the past, at the time we enter into firm-price purchase commitments, entered into commodity futures contracts to sell a certain amount of corn at the then-current price for delivery to the counterparty at a later date.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we were not party to any commodity futures contracts to hedge our risk with respect to corn price decreases. When we have these types of commodity futures contracts, we account for them under ASC 815. These futures contracts are not designated as hedges and, therefore, are marked to market each period, with corresponding gains and losses recorded in other non-operating income. The fair value of these derivative contracts, if any, is recognized in other current assets or current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, net of any cash paid to brokers.

 

From time to time, we enter into commodity futures contracts in connection with the purchase of corn to reduce our risk of future price increases. We account for these transactions under ASC 815. These futures contracts are not designated as hedges and, therefore, are marked to market each period, with corresponding gains and losses recorded in other non-operating income. The fair value of these derivative contracts is recognized in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet, net of any cash received from the brokers. At December 31, 2010, we had future contracts to purchase 3.9 million bushels of corn.  At December 31, 2009, we were not party to any such commodity futures contracts.

 

We are also subject to market risk with respect to ethanol pricing. Our ethanol sales are priced using contracts that can either be based upon a fixed price; based upon the price of wholesale gasoline plus or minus a fixed amount; or based upon a market price at the time of shipment. We sometimes fix the price at which we sell ethanol using fixed price physical delivery contracts. At December 31, 2010, we had fixed-priced contracts to sell 11.7 million gallons of ethanol.  At December 31, 2009, we had no fixed-price

 

60



Table of Contents

 

contracts to sell ethanol. These sale transactions would not be marked to market as they qualify for the normal sales exemption under ASC 815.

 

From time to time, we also sell forward ethanol using contracts where the price is determined at a point in the future based upon an index plus or minus a fixed amount. At December 31, 2010, we had sold 17.6 million gallons of ethanol at index prices using Platt and OPIS indices. At December 31, 2009, we had not sold forward any ethanol using wholesale gasoline as an index plus a fixed spread. When we have these arrangements, we assume the risk of a price decrease in the market price of gasoline. In order to reduce our market exposure to price decreases, at the time we enter into a firm sales commitment, we may also enter into commodity forward contracts to sell a like amount of gasoline at the then-current price for delivery to the counterparty at a later date. We account for these transactions under ASC 815. These forward contracts are not designated as hedges and, therefore, are marked to market each period, with corresponding gains and losses recorded in other non-operating income. The fair value of these derivative liabilities is recognized in other current assets or current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, net of any cash paid to brokers.

 

We may also be subject to market risk with respect to our supply of natural gas which is consumed during the production of ethanol and its co-products and has historically been subject to volatile market conditions. Natural gas prices and availability are affected by weather conditions, overall economic conditions and foreign and domestic governmental regulation. The price fluctuation in natural gas prices over the 10 year period from January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2010, based on the New York Mercantile Exchange daily futures data, has ranged from a low of $1.69 per MMBtu in November 2001 to a high of $18.48 per MMBtu in February 2003. Natural gas costs comprised 16.7%, 17.9% and 24.2%, respectively, of our total conversion costs for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2010, we had purchased forward 477,300 MMBtu’s of natural gas at an average fixed price of $4.30 per MMBtu through the first quarter of 2011. At December 31, 2009, we had purchased forward 134,700 MMBtu’s of natural gas at an average fixed price of $6.19 per MMBtu through the first quarter of 2010. We have elected to account for these transactions as normal purchases under ASC 815 and, accordingly, have not marked these transactions to market.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The primary market risk associated with the Term Loan Agreement is sensitivity to changes in the interest rate. Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement will bear interest at (i) LIBOR plus 8.5% per annum or (ii) the alternate base rate plus 7.5% per annum.  See “Financing —Term Loan Agreement” above for more details.  The risk management strategies that we employ use various risk sensitivity metrics to measure such risks and to examine behavior under significant adverse market conditions. We performed a sensitivity analysis that measures the change in interest expense on our variable rate debt arising from a hypothetical 100 basis point adverse movement in interest rates. Based on our outstanding variable rate debt as of December 31, 2010, a hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would not impact our interest expense because the adjusted LIBOR rate as of December 31, 2010 was 0.30% compared to our minimum Term Loan Facility adjusted LIBOR rate of 2.00% per annum according to the Term Loan agreement.

 

Material Limitations

 

The disclosures with respect to the above noted risks do not take into account the underlying commitments or anticipated transactions.  If the underlying items were included in the analysis, the gains or losses on the futures contracts may be offset.  Actual results will be determined by a number of factors that are not generally under our control and could vary significantly from those results disclosed.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

We are exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on the above instruments, as well as credit or performance risk with respect to our hedged commitments. Although nonperformance is possible, we do not anticipate nonperformance by any of these parties.

 

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

See Note 3, Summary of Critical Accounting Policies - Recent Accounting Pronouncements, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

The information required by this item is contained in “Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

Page

Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) — For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

F-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-53

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-54

 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision of, and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Thomas L. Manuel, and Chief Financial Officer, John W. Castle, the Company carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based upon that evaluation, Mr. Manuel and Mr. Castle have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures have been designed and are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  These disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in such reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including Mr. Manuel and Mr. Castle, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure.  The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events.  There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goal under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Based upon the evaluation performed by our management, which was conducted with the participation of Mr. Manuel and Mr. Castle, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a—15(f).  Management, with the participation of Mr. Manuel and Mr. Castle, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.  In making this assessment, management used the framework set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based upon this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance that the desired control objectives were achieved.

 

The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in this 10-K.

 

Inherent Limitation of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

 

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met.  Because of the inherent limitations of any internal control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.

 

Item 9B.  Other Information

 

None.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The following table contains information regarding our current directors and executive officers.  Directors hold office until their terms expire and their successors have been elected and qualified.  Executive officers hold their positions until the annual meeting of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

 

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas L. Manuel

 

63

 

Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director

John W. Castle

 

46

 

Chief Financial Officer

Calvin Stewart

 

43

 

Chief Accounting and Compliance Officer

Benjamin J. Borgen

 

36

 

Senior Vice President, Commodity Risk Management

Eugene I. Davis

 

55

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Timothy J. Bernlohr

 

51

 

Director and Chairman of the Compensation Committee

Kurt M. Cellar

 

40

 

Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee

Douglas Silverman

 

32

 

Director

Carney Hawks

 

35

 

Director

 

Executive Officers

 

Thomas L. Manuel Mr. Manuel was appointed Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and a Director in March 2010. From November 2008 until March 2010, Mr. Manuel worked as a consultant for CRG Partners, LLC, a privately held business management firm, and from August 2007 until November 2008, Mr. Manuel managed personal investments. From August 2006 until August 2007, Mr. Manuel was the President and Chief Executive Officer of ASAlliances Biofuels LLC (‘‘ASA’’) and a member of its board of directors. Prior to that, Mr. Manuel was the President and Chief Operating Officer of ConAgra Meat Companies (‘‘ConAgra Meat’’) from 1998 until 2000. Prior to ConAgra Meat, Mr. Manuel was President and Chief Operating Officer of ConAgra Trading and Processing from 1994 until 1998. Mr. Manuel began his career at ConAgra Foods (‘‘ConAgra’’) in 1977. While at ConAgra, Mr. Manuel was part of a team that helped drive sales from $480 million to $23 billion. He served as assistant to the Chairman of ConAgra and general manager of several ConAgra business units, where he was responsible for ConAgra’s international and domestic grain merchandising business. Mr. Manuel received his B.S. degree in Business Administration from the University of Minnesota. In between his time at ConAgra Meat and ASA, Mr. Manuel served on the boards of various companies, including Swift & Company and Data Transmission Network Corporation. Our Board has determined that Mr. Manuel should serve as a director based on his extensive experience as an executive in our industry and his experience and insight as our Chief Executive Officer.

 

John W. Castle Mr. Castle was appointed Chief Financial Officer in April 2010. Before joining the Company, Mr. Castle served as Senior Vice President of Operations and Chief Financial Officer of White Energy, Inc., an ethanol production company, starting in November 2005. From August 2004 to November 2005, Mr. Castle was director of accounting for Dresser, Inc., a global manufacturer of highly engineered energy infrastructure and oilfield products and services. Mr. Castle has also served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Rohn Industries, Inc. and as Vice President, Treasurer and Corporate Controller of Telxon Corporation. Previously, Mr. Castle was a member of Paxton Associates LLC, a provider of financial and operational assessment services. Mr. Castle has also held accounting and financial management positions at Mosler Inc. and Litton Industries, Inc. Mr. Castle is a Certified Public Accountant with a Masters of Business Administration from Xavier University and a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Eastern Illinois University.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Calvin Stewart Mr. Stewart became our Chief Accounting and Compliance Officer in November 2010. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Stewart served most recently as Chief Financial Officer of White Energy, Inc., an ethanol production company. Mr. Stewart joined White Energy in June 2006 as Corporate Controller. From August 2004 to June 2006, Mr. Stewart served as Manager, Technical Accounting and Sr. Manager, Corporate Accounting, at Dresser, Inc., a global manufacturer of highly engineered energy infrastructure and oilfield products and services. Previously, Mr. Stewart was Manager, Accounting and Finance, at Siemens Maintenance Services. Mr. Stewart also served as Plant Operations Controller and Director of Accounting and Finance for Morningstar Foods, a national leader in dairy food and beverage manufacturing and distribution. Mr. Stewart is a Certified Public Accountant with a Masters of Business Administration from Southern Methodist University’s Edwin L. Cox School of Business and a Bachelor of Science in Finance, cum laude, from Towson University.

 

Benjamin J. Borgen Mr. Borgen became our Senior Vice President, Commodity Risk Management in March 2010. From June 2009 to February 2010, Mr. Borgen managed ethanol trading as Director of Commodity Trading for Barclays Capital. From April 2008 to May 2009, Mr. Borgen served as Director of Ethanol Trading at Saracen Energy Partners. Mr. Borgen served as Vice President of Ethanol Trading and Marketing for Sempra Energy Trading, from March 2005 to March 2008. Mr. Borgen was also a Senior Energy Trader with PG&E National Energy Group. In these positions, Mr. Borgen was responsible for strategy development and evaluation, asset evaluation, and management of commodity positions. Mr. Borgen holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Concordia College in Moorhead, Minnesota.

 

Directors

 

Eugene I. Davis Mr. Davis became Chairman of the Board in March 2010. Mr. Davis is currently Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of PIRINATE Consulting Group, LLC (‘‘PIRINATE’’), a privately held consulting firm specializing in turnaround management, merger and acquisition consulting and hostile and friendly takeovers, proxy contests and strategic planning advisory services for domestic and international public and private business entities. Since forming PIRINATE in 1997, Mr. Davis has advised, managed, sold, liquidated and served as a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Restructuring Officer, Director, Committee Chairman and Chairman of the Board of a number of businesses operating in diverse sectors such as telecommunications, automotive, manufacturing, high-technology, medical technologies, metals, energy, financial services, consumer products and services, import-export, mining and transportation and logistics. Previously, Mr. Davis served as President, Vice Chairman and Director of Emerson Radio Corporation and Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of Sport Supply Group, Inc. He began his career as an attorney and international negotiator with Exxon Corporation and Standard Oil Company (Indiana) and as a partner in two Texas-based law firms, where he specialized in corporate/securities law, international transactions and restructuring advisory. Mr. Davis graduated with a B.A. degree in International Politics from Columbia University and graduated with a Masters in International Affairs degree in International Law and Organization from the School of International Affairs of Columbia University and a J.D. from Columbia University School of Law. Mr. Davis is also a member of the board of directors of American Commercial Lines, Inc., Atlas Air Worldwide Holdings, Knology, Inc., Bally Total Fitness, Solutia Inc. and TerreStar Corporation. Since 2005, Mr. Davis has been a director of Exide, IPCS, Oglebay Norton, Tipperary Corporation, Viskase, Inc., McLeod Communications, Granite Broadcasting, Footstar, PRG Schultz, Silicon Graphics, SeraCare, Foamex, Ion Broadcasting, Delta Airlines, Atari, Media General, Rural/Metro, Spectrum Brands, Ambassadors, and DEX One. Our Board has determined that Mr. Davis should serve as a director and as Chairman of the Board based on his extensive experience as a chairman and director of emerging companies as well as his management and legal expertise.

 

Timothy J. Bernlohr Mr. Bernlohr has been a Director since March 2010. Mr. Bernlohr is the founder and, since November 2004, has been a managing member of TJB Management Consulting, LLC, which specializes in providing project specific consulting services to businesses in transformation, including restructurings, interim executive management and strategic planning services. From April 1997 to July

 

65



Table of Contents

 

2005, Mr. Bernlohr held positions of increasing authority with RBX Industries, Inc. (‘‘RBX’’), including serving as its President and Chief Executive Officer. RBX was a nationally recognized leader in the design, manufacture and marketing of rubber and plastic materials to the automotive, construction and industrial markets. RBX filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 in March 2004 and was sold to multiple buyers in 2004 and 2005. Prior to joining RBX in 1997, Mr. Bernlohr spent 16 years in the International and Industry Products division of Armstrong World Industries, where he served in a variety of management positions. Mr. Bernlohr is chairman of the boards of directors of Champion Home Builders, Inc., The Manischewitz Company and Cuisine Innovations and a director of Atlas Air Worldwide Holdings, Inc., Bally Total Fitness Corporation, Hayes Lemmerz Inc., Ambassadors International, Inc. and Hilite International. Mr. Bernlohr was formerly a director of WCI Steel from May 2006 to June 2008. Mr. Bernlohr is a graduate of The Pennsylvania State University. Our Board has determined that Mr. Bernlohr should serve as a director based on his extensive executive experience and his prior and ongoing board service for other public companies.

 

Kurt M. Cellar Mr. Cellar has been a Director since March 2010. Mr. Cellar has been a self-employed consultant and board member since January 2008. From July 1999 through January 2008, Mr. Cellar was a partner and Portfolio Manager at Bay Harbour Management, L.C. (‘‘Bay Harbour’’). Prior to Bay Harbour, he was an associate at Remy Investors and Consultants, Inc. (‘‘Remy’’), where he sourced and analyzed public and private investment opportunities. Prior to Remy, Mr. Cellar was an associate at LEK/Alcar Consulting Group, Inc., a strategic management consulting firm. Mr. Cellar received a B.A. degree in Economics and Business from the University of California, Los Angeles and his M.B.A. in Finance and Entrepreneurial Management from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Cellar currently serves on the boards of Home Buyers Warranty, Inc. the Penn Traffic Company and RCN Corporation. Our Board has determined that Mr. Cellar should serve as a director based on his extensive financial, accounting, and investing experience and his prior and ongoing board service for other public companies.

 

Douglas Silverman Mr. Silverman has been a Director since March 2010. Mr. Silverman is a Managing Partner and Co-Chief Investment Officer at Senator where he is responsible for portfolio management and all operations of a 16 employee partnership which manages approximately $1.9 billion of assets. Prior to co-founding Senator in February 2008, Mr. Silverman was a Managing Director and Co-Portfolio Manager at York Capital Management (“York”) from May 2002 to December 2007. Prior to joining York, Mr. Silverman was an investment banker in the Leveraged Finance department at Merrill, Lynch & Co. from June 2000 to April 2002. Mr. Silverman received a B.A. in Economics, cum laude, from Princeton University. Our Board has determined that Mr. Silverman should serve as a director based on his extensive financial, accounting, and investing experience.

 

Carney Hawks Mr. Hawks has been a Director since March 2010. Mr. Hawks is an original partner with Brigade, a credit-focused, asset management firm founded in 2007. Prior to joining Brigade, he was a Managing Director in the High Yield Division of MacKay Shields (“MacKay”) from 1998 through 2006. Prior to MacKay, he was an investment banker in the Financial Entrepreneurs Group at Salomon Smith Barney. Mr. Hawks is a graduate (with Distinction) of the University of Virginia’s McIntire School of Commerce and a CFA Charterholder. He currently serves on the board of Jacuzzi Group Worldwide. Our Board has determined that Mr. Hawks should serve as a director based on his extensive financial and investing experience.

 

Board Composition

 

Under our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the number of directors at any one time is set by resolution of the Board. Currently, the Board consists of six members, of which three have affirmatively been determined to be independent. Our former Board affirmatively determined that all seven members—Messrs. Leigh Abramson, Theodore Butz, Richard Derbes, Farokh Hakimi, Michael Hoffman, Wayne Kuhn and Arnold Nemirow, all of whom were replaced

 

66



Table of Contents

 

upon our emergence from bankruptcy—were independent of the Company and our management. In making such determination, the former Board took into account the matters described under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.” Upon emergence from bankruptcy and appointment of our new Board, the Board affirmatively determined that Messrs. Davis, Bernlohr and Cellar are independent of the Company and our management under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. In addition, although the Board has not made a formal determination on the matter, we believe that Messrs. Hawks and Silverman may not be independent of the Company and our management under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. In making this independence determination, we noted in particular the following: (i) Mr. Hawks is an original partner with Brigade, (ii) Mr. Silverman is a Managing Partner and Co-Chief Investment Officer with Senator, (iii) Brigade received approximately 27% in aggregate principal amount of Notes and shares of common stock sold in a private placement that closed on March 15, 2010, (iv) Senator received approximately 12% in aggregate principal amount of Notes and shares of common stock sold in a private placement that closed on March 15, 2010, (v) Senator and Brigade received an aggregate of $500,000 as a commitment fee as consideration for their commitment to backstop our August 2010 Notes offering and (vi) Senator and Brigade are lenders under the Term Loan Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence—The Backstop Purchasers.”

 

We note that The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC does not view ownership of even a significant amount of stock, by itself, as a bar to an independence finding. Although it is unclear under NASDAQ Stock Market Rules whether Messrs. Hawks and Silverman would be considered independent, we do not believe that any of the above factors would cause either of Messrs. Hawks or Silverman to have a relationship with us that would impair their independence for the purposes of NASDAQ Stock Market Rule 5605(a)(2).

 

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide for the annual election of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, beginning at our 2011 annual meeting, our directors will be elected for a one-year term and serve until their respective successors have been elected and qualified. It is anticipated that the Board will meet at least quarterly.

 

Stockholders desiring to communicate with the Board may do so by mail addressed as follows: Board of Directors, Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., One Lincoln Centre, 5400 LBJ Freeway, Suite 450, Dallas, TX 75240. We believe our responsiveness to stockholder communications to the Board has been excellent.

 

The Company encourages, but does not require, directors to attend annual meetings of stockholders.

 

Board Committees and Director Nominations

 

Prior to March 2010, we had an Audit Committee which consisted of Messrs. Farokh Hakimi, Richard Derbes and Arnold Nemirow. Prior to March 2010, we had a Compensation Committee which consisted of Messrs. Wayne Kuhn, Leigh Abramson and Arnold Nemirow. In March 2010, we reconstituted our Board pursuant to our Plan. In accordance with our Plan, Messrs. Davis, Cellar, Silverman and Hawks were appointed to the Board by Brigade, Nomura Corporate Research & Asset Management, Inc., Whitebox, Senator and SEACOR Capital Corporation, which constituted a group that formerly held (or managed affiliated funds or accounts that formerly held) the Old Notes that were cancelled pursuant to our Plan. Mr. Manuel, as Chief Executive Officer, was also appointed to our Board pursuant to our Plan. On March 15, 2010, our Board voted to increase the size of the Board by one, and Mr. Bernlohr was selected to fill the resulting vacancy. We consequently reconstituted our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee and, in April 2010, we established a strategic and finance committee. The Board will also establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable law and regulations and our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Audit Committee. We have an Audit Committee that is comprised of three directors (Messrs. Cellar (Chair), Davis and Bernlohr), all of whom are ‘‘independent’’ as defined under the federal securities laws. Mr. Cellar is designated as the ‘‘Audit Committee financial expert,’’ as defined by Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the ‘‘Exchange Act’’). The principal duties of the Audit Committee are as follows:

 

·                  to select the independent auditor to audit our annual financial statements;

·                  to approve the overall scope of and oversee the annual audit;

·                  to assist the Board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence, the performance of the independent auditor and our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

·                  to review and discuss with management the annual audited financial and quarterly statements with management and the independent auditor;

·                  to discuss policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management; and

·                  to review with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and management’s responses.

 

In addition, our Audit Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in monitoring our Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and for developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines.

 

Our Board has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, which is available on our website.

 

Compensation Committee. We have a Compensation Committee that includes Mr. Bernlohr (Chair), Mr. Davis and Mr. Cellar, all of whom are ‘‘independent’’ as defined under the federal securities laws. The Compensation Committee will administer, subject to Board approval, our stock plans and incentive compensation plans, including our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, the Compensation Committee will be responsible for making recommendations to the Board with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers and for making recommendations to the Board with respect to compensation and employee benefit programs.

 

Our Board has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which is available on our website.

 

Strategic and Finance Committee. We have a strategic and finance committee that includes Mr. Hawks (Chair), Mr. Davis and Mr. Silverman. The strategic and finance committee will review possible financing, purchase, sale and other strategic transactions involving the Company and present such transactions to the Board.

 

Director Nominations. The Board has not established a committee responsible for nominating, or recommending for nomination, directors to our Board. We believe that the entire Board is able to fulfill the functions of a nominating committee. The Board believes that candidates for director should have certain minimum qualifications, including being able to read and understand financial statements and having the highest personal integrity and ethics. The Board will consider such factors as relevant expertise and experience, ability to devote sufficient time to the affairs of the Company, demonstrated excellence in his or her field, the ability to exercise sound business judgment and the commitment to rigorously represent the long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders. Candidates for director will be reviewed in the context of the current composition of the Board, the operating requirements of the Company and the long-term interests of stockholders. The Board currently does not have a formal process in place for identifying and evaluating nominees for directors. Instead, the Board will use its network of contacts to identify potential candidates. The Board will conduct any appropriate and necessary inquiries into the backgrounds and qualifications of possible candidates after considering the function and needs of the Board. The Board has not established procedures for considering nominees recommended by stockholders. The Board believes

 

68



Table of Contents

 

that nominees should be considered on a case-by-case basis on each nominee’s merits, regardless of who recommended such nominee.

 

Board Leadership Structure

 

Our Chairman of the Board sets the agenda for each of our Board meetings and generally presides over the meetings of our Board. However, each of our directors is expected to provide leadership for our Board in the areas where they have particular expertise and each of our Board members from time to time suggests topics for inclusion on the agenda for future Board meetings. We believe that our leadership structure is appropriate because it strikes an effective balance between management and non-employee director participation in the Board process. The role of our Chief Executive Officer, who is also a director, helps to ensure communication between management and the non-employee directors, but also encourages each non-employee director to participate and contribute to the Board process, while also capitalizing on each director’s particular area of expertise as needed. It also increases the non-employee directors’ understanding of management decisions and our operations.

 

Board Risk Assessment and Control

 

Our risk management program is overseen by our Board and its committees, with support from our management. Our Board oversees an enterprise-wide approach to ethanol industry risk management, designed to support the achievement of organizational objectives, including strategic objectives, to improve long-term organizational performance and enhance shareholder value. A fundamental part of risk management is a thorough understanding of the risks a company faces, understanding of the level of risk appropriate for the Company and the steps needed to manage those risks effectively. As an example, we may manage commodity price risk by, when appropriate, entering into appropriate hedge agreements with approved counterparties. Our Board takes an active role in determining the types and levels of hedging activity pursued. Together with management’s recommendations, our Board may approve the counterparties with whom we enter into hedge agreements and the commodity levels hedged. The involvement of the full Board in setting our business strategy is a key part of its overall responsibilities and together with management determines what constitutes an appropriate level of risk for us.

 

While the Board has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, other committees of the Board also have responsibility for risk management activities. In particular, the Audit Committee focuses on financial risk, including internal controls, and oversees compliance with regulatory requirements. In setting compensation, the Compensation Committee recommends approval of compensation programs for the officers and other key employees to encourage an appropriate level of risk-taking behavior consistent with our business strategy. In determining strategic business decisions, our strategic and finance committee focuses on business and transactional risks.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

For the fiscal year ended 2010, none of our then executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or Compensation Committee of any entity that had one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our Board or Compensation Committee.

 

Corporate Governance

 

The charters of the Compensation Committee, Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees (including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, controller or other persons performing similar functions), are available on our website (www.aventinerei.com) or in print upon written request at no charge.  If we amend or grant any waivers under the code that are applicable to our chief executive

 

69



Table of Contents

 

officer, our chief financial officer, or our chief accounting officer and that relate to any element of the SEC’s definition of a code of ethics, which we do not anticipate doing, we will promptly post that amendment or waiver on our website, www.aventinerei.com, under “Corporate Governance.”

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

Compensation Overview

 

Introduction

 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (1) provides an overview of our compensation policies   and programs; (2) generally explains our compensation objectives, policies and practices with respect to our executive officers; and (3) identifies the elements of compensation for each of the individuals identified in the following table, whom we refer to as our named executive officers (each a ‘‘NEO’’ and collectively, “NEOs”).

 

Name

 

Position

 

 

 

Thomas L. Manuel

 

Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director

John W. Castle

 

Chief Financial Officer

Benjamin Borgen

 

Senior Vice President, Commodity Risk Management

George T. Henning, Jr

 

Former Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 

Compensation Program Objectives

 

The Company believes that every decision relating to executive compensation should be made with the aim to enhance shareholder value.  We believe that this overall goal can be achieved by balancing three objectives:

 

·                  To attract and retain the talent needed by the Company to create value;

·                  To reward, and thereby motivate, that talent for sustainable value creation; and

·                  To meet the Company’s attraction and alignment objectives at the lowest reasonable cost to the shareholders.

 

Compensation Elements

 

The Company’s compensation program consists of four main elements:

 

·                  Base salary;

·                  Annual cash bonuses;

·                  Equity-based awards; and

·                  Company-wide benefits.

 

Base Salary: Base salaries represent the guaranteed portion of total compensation designed to attract and retain managers.

 

Annual Bonuses:  The Company provides a cash bonus opportunity as part of the total expected compensation used to attract and retain its management, as well as a component of rewarding, and thereby encouraging, value creation.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

In 2010, we provided a bonus plan tied to specific, operational objectives linked to our re-emergence as a viable, public company.  The awards from this plan are compared to target and contractually guaranteed awards as shown in the following table:

 

Executive

 

Guaranteed
Bonus

 

Thomas L. Manuel

 

$

250,000

(1)

John W. Castle

 

350,000

(2)

Benjamin J. Borgen

 

120,000

(3)

George T. Henning

 

 

 


(1)             Mr. Manuel is entitled to receive an annual bonus each year with a target equal to at least 125% of his base salary for the applicable year, not to be less than $250,000 for fiscal year 2010.

(2)             Mr. Castle is entitled to receive an annual bonus each year with a target equal to at least 100% of his base salary for the applicable year, not to be less than $350,000 for fiscal year 2010.

(3)             Mr. Borgen is entitled to receive an annual bonus each year with a target equal to at least 100% of his base salary for the applicable year.  Additionally, Mr. Borgen is entitled to earn an incentive bonus of up to another 100% of his base salary.

 

Where guarantees were provided, they only applied to 2010.  None of the officers listed has any portion of their variable compensation guaranteed for 2011.

 

These awards represent the substantial attainment of goals in a difficult year, but acknowledge that not all goals were completely met.  The unmet goals were associated with a conscious decision by management and the Board to delay the opening of the newly constructed Aurora West facility due to uncertain demand for ethanol in the last quarter of 2010.  Even though management had done everything necessary to ensure that the plant could open on time and under budget, the Board felt that restraint in paying bonuses associated with the plant’s opening was appropriate given that the shareholders had also lost the opportunities associated with the originally planned commencement of ethanol production from that plant.

 

For 2011, the Board has approved a bonus plan tied largely to financial performance.  In particular, the Company will have the bonuses of its NEOs funded via two bonus pools:  a corporate pool, based upon corporate-wide financial performance, and a Commodity Risk Management (“CRM”) pool for performance in hedging activities.  Target performance is intended to result in a bonus pool sufficient to fund target bonuses for all plan participants whose bonuses are to be funded by that pool.  Above-target performance will make the pool larger, and below-target performance will shrink or eliminate the bonus pool.  All of the NEOs will have half or all of their bonuses funded via the corporate pool or CRM pool as follows:

 

Executive

 

Corporate
Pool

 

CRM
Pool

 

Thomas L. Manuel

 

100

%

 

John W. Castle

 

100

%

 

Benjamin J. Borgen

 

50

%

50

%

 

Equity-Based Awards: The Company grants equity-based compensation as part of the overall expected value of pay used to attract and retain its senior management, as well as a tool for directly aligning the interests of senior managers and the shareholders.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

In 2010, certain of the NEOs were awarded restricted stock, restricted stock units (which have the same value as stock), or stock options upon being hired by the Company as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted
Stock

 

Restricted Stock
Units

 

Stock Options

 

Executive

 

Grant
Date

 

Number of
Shares

 

Number of
Shares

 

Exercise Price
per Share

 

Number of
Shares

 

Thomas L.  Manuel

 

3/15/2010

 

42,750

 

128,250

 

$

45.60

 

128,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John W. Castle

 

5/5/2010

 

12,500

 

 

$

43.75

 

50,000

 

 

 

11/3/2010

 

12,500

 

 

$

43.75

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benjamin J. Borgen

 

3/15/2010

 

27,788

 

 

$

45.60

 

25,650

 

 

 

10/13/2010

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

11/3/2010

 

27,788

 

 

 

$

45.60

 

25,650

 

 

These 2010 grants were, for the most part, sign-on awards offered as part of a total compensation package meant to induce these executives to commit themselves to Aventine during its transition from bankruptcy to viability.

 

For 2011 and beyond, the Board adopted a program of annual grants of hybrid equity units.  Each unit granted for this year will translate into up to one share, depending on the average closing share price for the last 15 trading days of 2014, denoted as “S” in the following formula:

 

# Shares = # Units x (1 — 19.6/S)

 

For example, if a manager is granted 10,000 units, and S equals $40, then the manager would receive 5,100 shares (i.e., 10,000 units x (1 — 19.6/40) = 5,100).  If the stock price ends up higher, then the participant would receive more shares; if the stock price were lower, he or she would receive fewer shares.  If the stock price falls below $19.60, the participant would be granted no shares.

 

Company-wide Benefits:  Senior management does not get any other form of cash or equity compensation or perquisites besides those mentioned in the foregoing description.  Senior management participates in the Company health and retirement programs on the same terms as other employees, whereby contributions made under the plan include a match, at the Company’s discretion, of an employee’s contribution to the plan.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth the total compensation for certain of the Company’s current and former executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Name and
Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($)(5)

 

Option
Awards
($)(5)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)

 

Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

 

All Other
Compensation
($)(6)

 

Total

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

(d)

 

(e)

 

(f)

 

(g)

 

(h)

 

(i)

 

(j)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas L. Manuel, CEO

 

2010

 

$

403,846

(1)

750,000

 

4,264,911

 

2,027,889

 

 

 

89,335

 

$

7,535,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John W. Castle, CFO

 

2010

 

$

262,500

(2)

420,000

 

875,000

 

2,191,750

 

 

 

 

$

3,749,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benjamin Borgen, Sr. VP

 

2010

 

$

323,077

(3)

589,000

 

2,522,495

 

709,838

 

 

 

10,154

 

$

4,154,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George T. Henning,

 

2010

 

$

103,846

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

23,498

 

$

127,344

 

Interim CEO & CFO

 

2009

 

$

271,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,082

 

$

329,236

 

 


(1)          Mr. Manuel began employment on March 15, 2010 as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

(2)          Mr. Castle began employment on May 5, 2010 as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

(3)          Mr. Borgen began employment on March 15, 2011 as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Commodity Risk Management

(4)          Mr. Henning began employment on March 16, 2009 as the Company’s Interim Chief Financial Officer.  Effective October 24, 2009, Mr. Henning became the Company’s Interim Chief Executive Officer and President, while retaining his duties as Interim Chief Financial Officer.

(5)          The value shown under “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” in the table above represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”).  The assumptions and methodology used to determine such amounts are set forth in Note 19 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(6)   All Other Compensation for 2010 consisted of:

 

Executive

 

401(k)
Company
Matching

 

Relocation
Expenses

 

2010 Total

 

Thomas L. Manuel

 

$

 

$

89,335

 

$

89,335

 

John W. Castle

 

 

 

 

Benjamin Borgen

 

10,154

 

 

10,154

 

George T. Henning

 

 

23,498

 

23,498

 

 

Summary of Employment Agreements with NEOs

 

On March 15, 2010 and pursuant to the Plan and the Confirmation Order, Thomas L. Manuel was appointed to the position of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and Benjamin J. Borgen was appointed to the position of Senior Vice President, Commodity Risk Management. In addition, on April 15, 2010 we appointed John W. Castle as Chief Financial Officer.  The Company has agreements with all three of the current NEOs, later referred to as the “NEO Employment Agreements.”  Those agreements are summarized as follows:

 

Employment Agreements

 

Thomas L. Manuel.  On March 15, 2010, the Company and Mr. Manuel, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, entered into an employment agreement (the ‘‘Manuel Employment Agreement’’) with a term expiring on December 31, 2012. The terms of the Manuel Employment Agreement provide for, among other things, (i) a base annual salary of $500,000, (ii) a signing bonus of $500,000, (iii) a guaranteed minimum 2010 bonus of $250,000, and after 2010, an annual bonus of at least

 

73



Table of Contents

 

125% of Mr. Manuel’s base salary, in each case based on reasonably attainable goals as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board after consultation with Mr. Manuel.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Manuel Employment Agreement, Mr. Manuel was awarded options to purchase 128,250 shares of common stock with an exercise price at the fair market value on March 15, 2010 of $45.60, as determined by the Board. The options vest 25% on the date of grant, 25% on each of the first two anniversaries of the grant date and 25% on December 31, 2012. The options will expire on the 10 year anniversary of the date of grant. Mr. Manuel was also awarded 42,750 shares of restricted stock (‘‘Restricted Stock’’) vesting 50% on the date of grant and 50% on the first anniversary of the grant date. In addition, Mr. Manuel was awarded 128,250 restricted stock units (‘‘RSU’’), with 85,500 of the RSUs vesting 25% on the date of grant, 25% on each of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant and 25% on December 31, 2012 and the remaining 42,750 RSUs vesting 50% on the second anniversary date of the date of the grant and 50% on December 31, 2012.

 

John W. Castle. On May 5, 2010, the Company and Mr. Castle entered into an employment agreement (the ‘‘Castle Employment Agreement’’) with a term beginning on May 5, 2010, and expiring on December 31, 2012. The terms of the Castle Employment Agreement provide for, among other things, (i) a base annual salary of $350,000, (ii) a guaranteed minimum 2010 bonus of $350,000, and after 2010, an annual bonus with a target of at least 100% of Mr. Castle’s base salary and an opportunity to earn an incentive bonus of up to another 100% of his base salary each year, in each case based on attainment of performance metrics as determined by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Castle Employment Agreement, Mr. Castle was awarded options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock of the Company with an exercise price equal to the per share fair market value of the common stock on May 5, 2010 of $43.75, as determined by the Board, and 25,000 shares of Restricted Stock. 50% of the options and 50% of the Restricted Stock will vest in three equal installments on each of the first two anniversaries of May 5, 2010, and December 31, 2012, subject to Mr. Castle’s continuing employment with the Company. 50% of the options and 50% of the Restricted Stock will vest subject to the attainment of reasonable performance criteria determined by the Board, which were achieved for fiscal year 2010. The options will expire on the 10 year anniversary of May 5, 2010.

 

Benjamin J. Borgen.  On March 15, 2010, the Company and Mr. Borgen, our Senior Vice President, Commodity Risk Management, entered into an employment agreement (the ‘‘Borgen Employment Agreement’’) with a term expiring on December 31, 2012. The terms of the Borgen Employment Agreement provide for, among other things, (i) a base annual salary of $400,000, (ii) an inducement bonus of $120,000, and after 2010, an annual bonus of at least 100% of Mr. Borgen’s base salary, and the opportunity to earn an incentive bonus of up to another 100% of his base salary, in each case based on attainment of performance metrics as determined by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Borgen Employment Agreement, Mr. Borgen was awarded options to purchase 51,300 shares of common stock of the Company with an exercise price at the fair market value on March 15, 2010 of $45.60, as determined by the Board, and 55,576 shares of Restricted Stock, under substantially the same terms as Mr. Castle. Additionally, in October 2010, the Board approved the grant of 40,000 RSUs to Mr. Borgen.

 

George T. Henning.  We no longer employ Mr. Henning, as his employment with the Company was through the Effective Date.  On March 9, 2009, the Board appointed George T. Henning, Jr. as Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The Board brought Mr. Henning in to assist the Company through the Chapter 11 bankruptcy process and, upon the resignation of Ajay Sabherwal, the former Chief Financial Officer, they appointed Mr. Henning Interim Chief Financial Officer. Pursuant to an offer letter dated March 5, 2009, Mr. Henning initially received an annual base salary of $300,000 and was eligible for a

 

74



Table of Contents

 

potential annual bonus as the Board may determine. Mr. Henning received the normal Company benefits for which he was eligible and the Company paid all reasonable costs, including temporary living and transportation expenses and taxes thereon, related to his position of Interim Chief Financial Officer.  On March 15, 2010, the Plan became effective, and Mr. Henning’s employment with the Company was terminated.

 

Summary of Equity Plans

 

Termination of the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan

 

In accordance with our Plan, all outstanding stock and option awards made under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan were cancelled as of the Effective Date. Additionally, on the Effective Date of our Plan all of our then existing shares of our common stock were cancelled. To again align the executives’ interests with those of our shareholders, while at the same time providing an incentive for the executives’ commitment to our long-term strategic goals, our Plan provided for the adoption of a new management incentive plan, which was approved on March 15, 2010, as discussed below.

 

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On March 15, 2010, the Board adopted the Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to provide a means through which we can attract and retain key personnel and whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders. The Board or the Compensation Committee will administer the plan, which provides for the following types of awards:

 

·          options to purchase shares of common stock, including both tax-qualified and non-qualified options;

·          stock appreciation rights, which provide the participant the right to receive the excess of the fair market value of a specified number of shares of common stock at the time of exercise over the base price of the stock appreciation right, generally payable in shares of common stock;

·          stock awards, including grants in the form of (i) shares of common stock that are subject to a restriction period, (ii) rights to receive shares of common stock contingent upon the expiration of a restriction period and (iii) shares of common stock that are not subject to a restriction period or performance measures; and

·          performance compensation awards, which provide the participant the right, contingent upon the attainment of specified performance measures within a specified period, to receive shares of common stock, or the cash value thereof, if such performance measures are satisfied or met.

 

Employees, directors, consultants, advisors and prospective employees, directors, consultants or advisors of the Company and its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

The Board or a committee of the Board will determine the terms of any awards granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including, without limitation, the number of shares subject to an award, vesting criteria, performance conditions, the manner of exercise, and the effect of certain corporate transactions. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, awards granted under the plan generally vest, or the restrictions applicable to the awards generally lapse, on the third anniversary of the date of grant. In the event of a ‘‘Change in Control’’ (as defined in the plan), the Board or committee may provide for the acceleration of the vesting, lapse of restrictions, or performance periods with respect to all or any portion of outstanding awards. With respect to awards of stock options, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, unvested options expire upon termination of employment or service of the participant for any reason, and the vested options remain exercisable for (i) one year following termination of employment or

 

75



Table of Contents

 

service by reason of a participant’s death or disability, but not later than the expiration of the term of the options or (ii) 90 days following termination of employment or service for any reason other than the participant’s death or disability, and termination for ‘‘Cause’’ (as defined in the plan), but not later than the expiration of the term of the options, and (iii) both unvested and vested options expire upon the termination of the participant’s employment or service by the Company for Cause.

 

The aggregate number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan is 855,000, subject to certain customary adjustment provisions. The plan expires, and no new awards may be granted after March 15, 2020.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

The following table sets forth the option and stock awards outstanding for Aventine’s NEOs as of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Option
Unexercisable
(#)

 

Option
Exercise
Price ($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

Number
of
Restricted
Stock
Units
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)

 

Market
Value of
Restricted
Stock
Units
That
Have Not
Vested
($)

 

Number of
Restricted
Shares
That Have
Not Vested
(#)

 

Market Value
of Restricted
Shares That
Have Not
Vested ($)

 

Thomas L. Manuel

 

32,063

 

96,187

 

$

45.60

 

3/15/2020

(1)

106,875

(3)

$

2,618,438

 

21,375

(2)

$

523,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John W. Castle

 

 

50,000

 

$

43.75

 

5/5/2020

(4)

 

 

12,500

(5)

$

306,250

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

$

43.75

 

11/3/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benjamin J. Borgen

 

 

25,650

 

$

45.60

 

3/15/2020

(6)

40,000

(7)

$

980,000

 

27,788

(8)

$

680,806

 

 

 

25,650

 

 

$

45.60

 

11/3/2020

(6)

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          These stock options have ten-year terms. The vesting schedules for Mr. Manuel’s unvested awards is outlined below:

 

Name

 

# of
Options

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Manuel

 

32,062

 

3/15/2011

 

Manuel

 

32,062

 

3/15/2012

 

Manuel

 

32,063

 

12/31/2012

 

 

(2)   Mr. Manuel’s unvested restricted stock will vest on March 15, 2011.

 

(3)          The vesting schedules for Mr. Manuel’s unvested restricted stock units is outlined below:

 

Name

 

# of RSUs

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Manuel

 

21,375

 

3/15/2011

 

Manuel

 

42,750

 

3/15/2012

 

Manuel

 

42,750

 

12/31/2012

 

 

(4)          These stock options have ten-year terms. The vesting schedules for Mr. Castle’s unvested awards is outlined below:

 

Name

 

# of
Options

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Castle

 

16,666

 

5/5/2011

 

Castle

 

16,667

 

5/5/2012

 

Castle

 

16,667

 

12/31/2012

 

 

76



Table of Contents

 

(5)          vesting schedules for Mr. Castle’s unvested restricted stock is outlined below:

 

Name

 

# of
Restricted
Shares

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Castle

 

4,166

 

5/5/2011

 

Castle

 

4,167

 

5/5/2012

 

Castle

 

4,167

 

12/31/2012

 

 

(6)          These stock options have ten-year terms. The vesting schedules for Mr. Borgen’s unvested awards is outlined below:

 

Name

 

# of
Options

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Borgen

 

8,550

 

3/15/2011

 

Borgen

 

8,550

 

3/15/2012

 

Borgen

 

8,550

 

12/31/2012

 

 

(7)          The vesting schedules for Mr. Borgen’s unvested restricted stock units is outlined below:

 

Name

 

# of RSUs

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Borgen

 

13,333

 

4/13/2011

 

Borgen

 

13,333

 

10/13/2011

 

Borgen

 

13,334

 

10/13/2012

 

 

(8)          The vesting schedules for Mr. Borgen’s unvested restricted stock is outlined below:

 

Name

 

# of
Restricted
Shares

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Borgen

 

9,263

 

3/15/2011

 

Borgen

 

9,263

 

3/15/2012

 

Borgen

 

9,262

 

12/31/2012

 

 

Retirement Plans; Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans

 

Other than its 401(k) plan, the Company currently does not maintain any retirement or non-qualified deferred compensation plans for any of its NEOs that provide for the payment of retirement benefits or benefits that will be paid primarily following retirement.  The Company has 401(k) plans covering substantially all of its employees. Contributions made under the defined contribution plans include a match, at the Company’s discretion, of an employee’s contribution to the plans.

 

Termination and Change of Control Benefits

 

Termination Benefits

 

The NEO Employment Agreements provide for certain severance benefits upon a termination without “Cause” or for “Good Reason,” which are contingent upon a NEO executing and delivering a general release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company.

 

The NEO Employment Agreements define Cause as:

 

·          willful misconduct or gross negligence of a material nature in the performance of the NEO’s duties;

·          being convicted of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony (other than a traffic violation);

·          willful theft or embezzlement from the Company or our affiliates; or

·          willful and substantial failure to perform the NEO’s duties or any other material breach of any material provision of the NEO Employment Agreement, which is not cured (if curable) within 30 days following the NEO’s receipt of written notice thereof.

 

For purposes of the NEO Employment Agreements, a NEO has Good Reason to terminate his employment if, without his written consent, any of the following events occurs that are not cured by the

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Company within 30 days of written notice specifying the occurrence of such Good Reason event, which notice shall be given to the Company within 90 days after the occurrence of the Good Reason event:

 

·          a material diminution in authority, duties or responsibilities;

·          a material diminution in base salary;

·          a relocation of the NEO’s principal business location to a location outside of Dallas, Texas; or

·          any material breach of the NEO Employment Agreement by the Company.

 

In addition, for Mr. Manuel only, a material diminution in Mr. Manuel’s reporting requirements such that Mr. Manuel is no longer reporting to the Board also constitutes Good Reason.

 

Thomas L. Manuel.  Upon termination without Cause or for Good Reason, Mr. Manuel is entitled to receive (i) accrued but unpaid salary, (ii) subject to Mr. Manuel’s signing a general release of claims in the form attached to the Manuel Employment Agreement, (a) a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination and (b) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of his base salary and bonus for the balance of the term of the agreement and (c) the costs of continued health benefits for a period of 18 months and (iii) immediate vesting and exercisability of any unvested Company equity awards then held by Mr. Manuel. The Manuel Employment Agreement also restricts Mr. Manuel from (i) competing with the Company for 12 months following termination, (ii) soliciting any of the Company’s current employees for 12 months following termination and (iii) disparaging the Company for three years following termination.

 

John W. Castle. Upon termination without Cause or for Good Reason, Mr. Castle is entitled to receive (i) any accrued but unpaid base salary, (ii) any earned but unpaid bonus, (iii) reimbursement for any business expenses, (iv) payment for his accrued but unused vacation, (v) vested accrued benefits to which Mr. Castle is entitled under the Company’s employee benefit plans and programs applicable to Mr. Castle and (vi) subject to Mr. Castle’s signing a general release of claims in the form attached to the Castle Employment Agreement (a) a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination, (b) during the contract term, a lump sum payment equal to the sum of his base salary and bonus and (c) the costs of continued health benefits for a period of 12 months and (vii) immediate vesting and exercisability of any unvested Company equity awards then held by Mr. Castle. The Castle Employment Agreement also restricts Mr. Castle from (i) competing with the Company for 12 months following termination, (ii) soliciting any of the Company’s current employees for 12 months following termination and (iii) disparaging the Company for three years following termination.

 

Benjamin J. Borgen.   Upon termination without Cause or for Good Reason, Mr. Borgen is entitled to receive substantially the same benefits as Mr. Castle. The Borgen Employment Agreement also contains restrictions substantially similar to the Castle Employment Agreement.

 

Change of Control Benefits

 

The options, Restricted Stock and RSUs awarded to each NEO pursuant to their NEO Employment Agreements will vest immediately in the event of a “Change of Control.”  In addition, if (i) any payment or benefit a NEO receives in connection with a Change of Control is subject to the 20% excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) the sum of such payments and benefits exceeds 110% of the excise tax threshold, the NEO will be entitled to a gross up payment such the excise tax such that he will be in the same after tax position as if no will be reduced so as not to trigger excise tax under Section 4999 of such Code.   If (i) any payment or benefit a NEO receives in connection with a Change of Control is subject to the 20% excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) the sum of such payments and benefits does not exceed 110% of the excise tax threshold, the NEO entitlement to the payment and benefits will be reduced in the manner specified in the NEO Employment Agreement, to the level below which no excise tax will be imposed.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

For purposes of the NEO Employment Agreements, a Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

·          any person, other than an exempt person (which includes the Company and its subsidiaries and employee benefit plans), becoming a beneficial owner of 50% or more of the shares of common stock or equity interests or voting stock or equity interests of the Company then outstanding;

·          the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation in which existing Company stockholders or members own less than 50% of the equity of the resulting company;

·          the consummation of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

·          during any 12-month period and provided no other corporation is a majority shareholder of the Company, individuals who on the effective date of our Plan, constitute the Board (the ‘‘Incumbent Board’’) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the effective date of our Plan, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

Director Compensation

 

Our compensation program for non-employee directors consists of:

 

Cash Compensation

 

·          $35,000 annual cash retainer, payable in equal quarterly installments;

·          Additional $65,000 annual retainer to the Chairman of the Board;

·          Additional committee chair retainers of $10,000 per year for the Chair of the Audit Committee and $5,000 for other Committee Chairs;

·          $1,500 per Board meeting attended ($750 for telephonic meetings); and

·          $750 per committee meeting attended, either in person or via phone.

 

Equity Compensation

 

·          Annual grants totaling $35,000 in RSUs.  These RSUs vest after one year.

·          One-time initial grant to newly elected directors of $75,000 in RSUs, subject to three-year vesting.  The annual grant of $35,000 will not be made in the year of initial election.

·          After vesting, RSUs must be held for the duration of a director’s Board service, and they will only be converted into shares after retirement or other termination.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the compensation earned by or awarded to each non-employee director who served on the Board in 2010:

 

Name

 

Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

 

Stock
Awards

 

Total
Compensation

 

Eugene Davis

 

$

81,493

 

$

41,028

 

$

122,521

 

Kurt Cellar

 

$

67,295

 

$

19,155

 

$

86,450

 

Timothy Bernlohr

 

$

65,562

 

$

19,155

 

$

84,717

 

Carney Hawks (1)

 

$

54,829

 

$

19,155

 

$

73,984

 

Doug Silverman (2)

 

$

54,829

 

$

19,155

 

$

73,984

 

 


(1)          Cash fees paid to Mr. Hawks are paid directly to Brigade.

(2)   Cash fees paid to Mr. Silverman are paid directly to Senator.

(3)   Represents the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC 718 with respect to fiscal 2010 for RSU awards, disregarding estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The following table presents certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares by (a) any person or group known to us who beneficially owns more than five percent of our common stock, (b) each of our directors and NEOs and (c) all directors and executive officers as a group. The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 7,449,046 shares outstanding as of February 28, 2011. Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, because our stockholders are not subject to Section 13 or Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a substantial portion of our shares are held through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the table below has been prepared based upon the information furnished to us by our stockholders as of September 2010 and, in certain cases, November 2010. The stockholders identified below may have acquired shares or sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of some or all of their shares since the date on which the information in the following table is presented.

 

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe that the stockholders named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown to be beneficially owned by them, based on information provided to us by such stockholders.

 

Beneficial holders

 

Number of shares
beneficially held

 

Percentage of
beneficial
ownership

 

5% of Stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

Funds managed by Brigade Capital Management, LLC(1)

 

1,921,958

 

25.8

%

Funds managed by Brevan Howard Asset Management LLP(2)

 

1,306,118

 

17.5

%

Senator Global Opportunity Master Fund L.P.(3)

 

1,060,064

 

14.2

%

Funds managed by David Kempner Capital Management LLC(4)

 

646,146

 

8.7

%

Funds managed by Whitebox Advisors, LLC(5)

 

381,287

 

5.1

%

BHR Capital LLC(6)

 

378,401

 

5.1

%

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas L. Manuel(7)(8)

 

141,834

 

1.9

%

John W. Castle(7)(9)

 

91,667

 

1.2

%

Benjamin J. Borgen(7)(10)

 

103,109

 

1.4

%

Eugene I. Davis(7)(9)

 

1,645

 

 

*

Timothy J. Bernlohr(7)(9)

 

768

 

 

*

Kurt M. Cellar(7)(9)

 

768

 

 

*

Douglas Silverman(7)(9)(12)

 

768

 

 

*

Carney Hawks, excludes Brigade Capital Management, LLC(7)(9)

 

768

 

 

*

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

 

341,327

 

4.4

%

 


* Denotes less than 1% beneficially owned.

 

(1) Stockholder’s address is 399 Park Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, New York 10022. Brigade Leveraged Capital Structures Fund Ltd. owns 1,773,663 shares, SEI Global Master Fund plc owns 17,611 shares, SEI Institutional Investments Trust owns 63,167 shares and SEI Institutional Managed Trust owns 66,817 shares. Donald E. Morgan III, as managing member of Brigade Capital Management, LLC, exercises voting and/or investment control with respect to the shares of the named entities.

 

(2) Stockholder’s address is PO Box 309, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Brevan Howard Credit Catalysts Master Fund Limited owns 702,441 shares. Brevan Howard Master Fund Limited owns 603,677 shares. DW Investment Management LP, as investment manager, exercises voting and/or investment control with respect to the named entities.

 

(3) Stockholder’s address is 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10019. Alexander Klabin and Douglas Silverman, as co-managing members of the investment manager, exercise voting and/or investment control with respect to shares of Senator Global Opportunity Master Fund L.P.

 

(4) Stockholder’s address is 65 East 55th Street, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10022. Davidson Kempner Distressed Opportunities Fund LP owns 149,063 shares. Thomas L. Kempner, Jr. as executive managing member of DK Group LLC, Stephen M. Dowicz, as managing member of DK Group LLC, Scott E. Davidson, as deputy executive managing

 

80



Table of Contents

 

member of DK Group LLC, Timothy I. Levart, as managing member and chief operating officer of DK Group LLC, Robert J. Brivio, Jr., as managing member of DK Group LLC, Eric P. Epstein, as managing member of DK Group LLC, Anthony A. Yoseloff, as managing member of DK Group LLC, Avram Z. Friedman, as managing member of DK Group LLC, and Conor Bastable, as managing member of DK Group LLC, exercise voting and/or investment control with respect to the shares of Davidson Kempner Distressed Opportunities Fund LP. Davidson Kempner Distressed Opportunities International owns 302,685 shares. Thomas L. Kempner, Jr. as partner of DK Management Partners LP, Stephen M. Dowicz, as partner of DK Management Partners LP, Scott E. Davidson, as partner of DK Management Partners LP, Timothy I. Levart, as partner and chief operating officer of DK Management Partners LP, Robert J. Brivio, Jr., as partner of DK Management Partners LP, Eric P. Epstein, as partner of DK Management Partners LP, Anthony A. Yoseloff, as partner of DK Management Partners LP, Avram Z. Friedman, as partner of DK Management Partners LP, and Conor Bastable, as partner of DK Management Partners LP, exercise voting and/or investment control with respect to the shares of Davidson Kempner Distressed Opportunities International. Davidson Kempner Institutional Partners, L.P. owns 72,907 shares. Thomas L. Kempner, Jr. as president of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., Stephen M. Dowicz, as treasurer of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., Scott E. Davidson, as principal of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., Timothy I. Levart, as corporate secretary of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., Robert J. Brivio, Jr., as principal of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., Eric P. Epstein, as principal of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., Anthony A. Yoseloff, as principal of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., Avram Z. Friedman, as principal of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., and Conor Bastable, as principal of Davidson Kempner Advisers Inc., exercise voting and/or investment control with respect to the shares of Davidson Kempner Institutional Partners, L.P. Davidson Kempner International, Ltd. owns 83,872 shares. Thomas L. Kempner, Jr. as executive managing member of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., Stephen M. Dowicz, as managing member of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., Scott E. Davidson, as deputy executive managing member of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., Timothy I. Levart, as managing member and chief operating officer of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., Robert J. Brivio, Jr., as managing member of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., Eric P. Epstein, as managing member of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., Anthony A. Yoseloff, as managing member of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., Avram Z. Friedman, as managing member of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., and Conor Bastable, as managing member of Davidson Kempner International Advisors, L.L.C., exercise voting and/or investment control with respect to the shares of Davidson Kempner International, Ltd. Davidson Kempner Partners owns 32,910 shares. Thomas L. Kempner, Jr. as managing partner of MHD Management Co., Stephen M. Dowicz, as general partner of MHD Management Co., Scott E. Davidson, as deputy managing partner of MHD Management Co., Timothy I. Levart, as general partner and chief operating officer of MHD Management Co., Robert J. Brivio, Jr., as general partner of MHD Management Co., Eric P. Epstein, as general partner of MHD Management Co., Anthony A. Yoseloff, as general partner of MHD Management Co., Avram Z. Friedman, as general partner of MHD Management Co., and Conor Bastable, as general partner of MHD Management Co., exercise voting and/or investment control with respect to the shares of Davidson Kempner Partners. M.H. Davidson & Co. owns 4,709 shares. Thomas L. Kempner, Jr. as executive managing member of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., Stephen M. Dowicz, as managing member of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., Scott E. Davidson, as deputy executive managing member of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., Timothy I. Levart, as managing member and chief operating officer of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., Robert J. Brivio, Jr., as managing member of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., Eric Epstein, as managing member of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., Anthony A. Yoseloff, as managing member of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., Avram Z. Friedman, as managing member of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., and Conor Bastable, as managing member of M.H. Davidson & Co. GP, L.L.C., exercise voting and/or investment control with respect to the shares of M.H. Davidson & Co. Based on information contained in a Schedule l3G/A (Amendment No. 1) filed by the reporting persons included therein on February 10, 2011, in addition to other information furnished to us.

 

 

(5) Stockholder’s address is c/o Whitebox Advisors, LLC 3033 Excelsior Blvd. Suite 300, Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541-4675. Pandora Select Partners, L.P. owns 14,393 shares, Whitebox Credit Arbitrage Partners, L.P. owns 183,678 shares and Whitebox Multi Strategy Partners, L.P. owns 183,216 shares. Andrew J. Redleaf, as managing member of the general partner of the entities named above, exercises voting and/or investment control with respect to the shares of the named entities. Based on information contained in a Schedule l3G filed by the reporting persons included therein on February 11, 2011, in addition to other information furnished to us.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

(6) Stockholder’s address is 545 Madison Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10022. The 378,401 shares of common stock are held by certain funds and accounts for which BHR Capital LLC (“BHR”) serves as investment manager. None of the individual funds or accounts managed by BHR owns 5% or more of the total common stock outstanding. BHR shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the funds and account that it manages. Steve Van Dyke and Michael Thompson, as the principals of BHR, share voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock. Based on information contained in a Schedule l3G filed by the reporting persons included therein on February 14, 2011, in addition to other information furnished to us.

 

(7) Stockholder’s address is c/o Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., 120 North Parkway Drive, Pekin, IL 61554.

 

(8) Includes options to acquire 32,063 shares of common stock which vested on March 15, 2010, 32,063 shares of common stock which vested on March 15, 2011, 34,959 shares of Restricted Stock, 50% of which vested on March 15, 2010, 21,375 RSUs which vested on March 15, 2010, and 21,375 RSUs which vested on March 15, 2011.

 

(9) Includes 25,000 shares of Restricted Stock, which have been granted but have not been issued by our transfer agent and are not currently outstanding. Also includes options to acquire 16,667 shares of common stock which will vest on May 5, 2011 and options to acquire 50,000 share of common stock which vest upon achievement of performance criteria.

 

(10) Includes 55,576 shares of Restricted Stock, which have been granted but have not been issued by our transfer agent and are not currently outstanding. Also includes options to acquire 8,550 shares of common stock that vested on March 15, 2011 and options to acquire 25,650 shares of common stock which vested upon achievement of performance criteria and 13,333 RSUs which will vest April 13, 2011.

 

(11) Includes RSUs which vested on March 15, 2011.

 

(12) Excludes shares held by Senator Global Opportunity Master Fund L.P., of which Mr. Silverman disclaims beneficial ownership.

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

The following table shows our stockholder approved and non-stockholder approved equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

remaining available

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for future issuance

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

under equity

 

 

 

to be issued upon

 

Weighted-average

 

compensation plans

 

 

 

exercise of outstanding

 

exercise price of

 

(excluding securities

 

 

 

options, warrants and

 

outstanding options,

 

reflected in first

 

Plan Category

 

rights

 

warrants and rights

 

column)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

539,180

 

$

42.46

 

232,782

 

Total

 

539,180

 

$

42.46

 

232,782

 

 

The equity compensation plan with outstanding options that has not been approved by our stockholders is our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. See Note 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and “Executive Compensation - Summary of Equity Plans” for a description of the material features of the plan. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan was authorized and established under our Plan. Our Plan provided that, without any further act or authorization, confirmation of our Plan and entry of the Confirmation Order was deemed to satisfy all applicable federal and state law requirements and all listing standards of any securities exchange for approval by the board of directors or the stockholders with respect to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. No additional stockholder approval of the plan has been obtained. The amount shown in the first column consists of 325,925 stock options, 61,663 shares of unvested restricted stock and 151,592 restricted stock units.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, employees, officers and directors are required to disclose potential conflicts of interest to our compliance officer or Chief Executive Officer. Potential related person transactions are submitted to the Audit Committee for review. The Audit Committee will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the commercial reasonableness of the terms, the benefits, if any, to the Company, opportunity costs of alternate transactions, the materiality and character of the related person’s direct or indirect interest in the transaction and the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related person, in determining whether to recommend approval or ratification of a transaction. Additionally, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, a director who is deemed to have a potential conflict of interest must recuse himself or herself from any discussions or decisions in the matter under review, and a potential conflict of interest involving an officer with the title of Vice President and above must be approved by our compliance officer or Chief Executive Officer.

 

The MSCP Funds and Metalmark Capital LLC

 

Through their previous ownership of Aventine Holdings LLC, the MSCP funds beneficially owned approximately 27.5% of our then outstanding common stock. As a result of the Plan, upon our emergence from bankruptcy the shares of common stock held by the MSCP funds were cancelled and they received 122,519 Warrants. Metalmark Subadvisor LLC, an affiliate of Metalmark Capital LLC, an independent private equity firm established by former principals of Morgan Stanley Capital Partners, manages certain MSCP funds on a subadvisory basis. In January 2008, substantially all of the employees of Metalmark Capital LLC became employees of Citi Alternative Investments, Inc., although Metalmark Capital LLC remained an independent entity owned by those individuals and continued to manage the applicable MSCP funds on a subadvisory basis. Two of our former directors, Messrs. Abramson and Hoffman, were employees of both Metalmark Capital LLC and Citi Alternative Investments, Inc.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

The Backstop Purchasers

 

Pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Backstop Purchasers committed to purchasing specified percentages of the $105 million principal amount of Notes and 1,710,000 shares of our common stock issued and sold in the private placement that closed on March 15, 2010. Upon emergence from bankruptcy, the Backstop Purchasers received their respective percentages of the $105.0 million principal amount of Notes and shares of our common stock (at a 3.0% discount to the $952.38 unit price), with Brigade receiving approximately 27.0% in aggregate principal amount of Notes and shares of common stock sold in the offering and Senator receiving approximately 12.0% in aggregate principal amount of Notes and shares of common stock sold in the offering. Additionally, we and the Majority Backstop Purchasers entered into the Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement and a registration rights agreement related to the exchange of our Notes for substantially similar notes registered under the Exchange Act. On August 2, 2010, we and our subsidiaries entered into a commitment letter agreement with Brigade and Senator pursuant to which, subject to certain conditions, Brigade and Senator agreed to purchase up to an aggregate principal amount of $50 million of the Notes that were not purchased by other investors in a private placement offering on or after August 15, 2010 until September 15, 2010, at which time Brigade and Senator could have terminated the agreement if the offering had not been consummated on or before such date. In consideration for their agreement to backstop our private placement, we paid Brigade and Senator a commitment fee of $500,000 in the aggregate, which became payable on the closing of the offering on August 19, 2010. We also entered into a registration rights agreement with Brigade and Senator related to the exchange of our additional $50 million in principal amount of Notes for substantially similar notes registered under the Exchange Act. Mr. Hawks and Mr. Silverman are employees of Brigade and Senator, respectively.

 

On August 6, 2010, we and Riverland entered into the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed specified liabilities, of Riverland for a purchase price of $16.5 million. The purchase price was determined based on arm’s-length negotiations. The assets comprise the Canton facility, and include real property at the plant site as well as surrounding parcels. Affiliates of Whitebox, whose affiliates then held over 10% of our Notes and common stock, also hold a controlling interest in Riverland and guaranteed the repayment of a $5 million dollar deposit we made in June 2010 with respect to the facility. The acquisition closed on August 6, 2010. The Purchase Agreement includes customary representations, warranties and indemnification provisions.

 

On December 22, 2010, we entered into the Term Loan Agreement whereby the lenders provided us an aggregate principal amount $200.0 million Term Loan Facility. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, we may request the creation of one or more new tranches of term loans or increase in the total commitments under the Term Loan Agreement in an amount up to $25.0 million. Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement bear interest at (i) the LIBOR rate plus 8.5% per annum or (ii) the alternate base rate plus 7.5% per annum. The LIBOR rate is subject to a 2% floor. The alternate base rate is calculated based on the greater of (i) 3% per annum and (ii) the highest of (A) the Federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (B) the LIBOR rate for an interest period of one month plus 1%, (C) the three-month certificate of deposit rate plus 1/2 of 1%, and (D) Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate. Two of the lenders under the Term Loan Agreement are Brigade and Senator, which were allotted $50.0 million and $14.0 million, respectively, under the agreement. Mr. Hawks and Mr. Silverman, are employees of Brigade and Senator, respectively.  In addition, certain of our other stockholders are lenders under the Term Loan Agreement.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

Fees (including reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses) to our independent registered public accounting firm for services in 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

 

 

Audit
Fees

 

Audit-Related
Fees

 

Tax Fees

 

All Other
Fees

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E&Y

 

$

1,524,546

 

$

58,500

 

$

1,012,041

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E&Y

 

$

1,357,223

 

$

88,312

 

$

795,947

 

$

 

 

Audit Fees include fees for the audit of the annual financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, reviews of the related quarterly statements, and related SEC and other filings.

 

Audit-Related Fees include fees for audit-related work in connection with employee benefit plans of Aventine and accounting due diligence.

 

Tax Fees include fees related to ordinary tax advisory services, tax compliance services and approximately $818 thousand for bankruptcy related tax consultation and services.

 

The Audit Committee considers the compatibility of non-audit services by its independent registered public accounting firm.

 

Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

The Audit Committee of the Board reviews and approves the scope of the audit performed by our independent registered public accounting firm and our accounting principles and internal accounting controls.

 

The Audit Committee’s charter provides that the Audit Committee pre-approve all auditing services, internal control-related services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for the Company by its independent auditor, subject to such exceptions as permitted by applicable laws and regulations.  The Audit Committee is permitted, when appropriate, to delegate this authority to a subcommittee of one or more committee members, provided that decisions of such subcommittee to grant pre-approvals are required to be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next meeting.  100% of such services were pre-approved by the Audit Committee in 2010 and 2009.  The Audit Committee will review such services and approve only those services that are consistent with the SEC’s rules on auditor independence.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)          Index to exhibits, financial statements and schedules.

 

The following consolidated financial statements and reports are included beginning on page F-1 hereof:

Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) — For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

(b)         Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 

See the Exhibit Index beginning on page 88 for a list of the exhibits being filed or furnished with or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on the 16th day of March, 2011.

 

 

AVENTINE RENEWABLE ENERGY HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Calvin Stewart

 

 

Name: Calvin Stewart

 

 

Title: Chief Accounting and Compliance Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas L. Manuel

 

Chief Executive Officer, Chief OperatingOfficer and Director

 

March 16, 2011

 

Thomas L. Manuel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John W. Castle

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

March 16, 2011

 

John W. Castle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Calvin Stewart

 

Chief Accounting and Compliance Officer

 

March 16, 2011

 

Calvin Stewart

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eugene I. Davis

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

March 16, 2011

 

Eugene I. Davis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy J. Bernlohr

 

Director and Chairman of the Compensation Committee

 

March 16, 2011

 

Timothy J. Bernlohr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kurt M. Cellar

 

Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee

 

March 16, 2011

 

Kurt M. Cellar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Silverman

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

 

Douglas Silverman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carney Hawks

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

 

Carney Hawks

 

 

 

 

 

86



Table of Contents

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILE PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT

 

As of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, no annual report to security holders covering the registrant’s last fiscal year, proxy statement, form of proxy or other proxy soliciting material sent to more than 10 of the registrant’s security holders with respect to any annual or other meeting of security holders has been sent to security holders.  The registrant expects to furnish such report and/or proxy materials to security holders subsequent to the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Ten Months Ended
December 31,

 

Two Months Ended
February 28,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands except per share amounts)

 

Net sales

 

$

370,559

 

$

77,675

 

$

594,623

 

$

2,248,301

 

Cost of goods sold

 

(349,751

)

(66,686

)

(585,904

)

(2,239,340

)

Gross profit

 

20,808

 

10,989

 

8,719

 

8,961

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(34,068

)

(4,608

)

(26,694

)

(35,410

)

Start-up activities

 

(1,177

)

 

 

 

Other expense

 

(1,681

)

(515

)

(1,510

)

(8,495

)

Operating income (loss)

 

(16,118

)

5,866

 

(19,485

)

(34,944

)

Income from termination of marketing agreements

 

 

 

10,176

 

 

Interest income

 

139

 

 

11

 

3,040

 

Interest expense

 

(8,274

)

(1,422

)

(14,697

)

(5,077

)

Gain on derivative transactions, net

 

633

 

 

1,219

 

17,110

 

Loss on available-for-sale securities

 

(1,990

)

 

 

 

Other non-operating income (expense)

 

117

 

 

 

(35,927

)

Income (loss) before reorganization items and income taxes

 

(25,493

)

4,444

 

(22,776

)

(55,798

)

Reorganization items

 

 

(20,282

)

(32,440

)

 

Gain due to plan effects

 

 

136,574

 

 

 

Loss due to fresh start accounting adjustments

 

 

(387,655

)

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

(25,493

)

(266,919

)

(55,216

)

(55,798

)

Income tax benefit

 

29

 

626

 

8,956

 

7,472

 

Net loss

 

(25,464

)

(266,293

)

(46,260

)

(48,326

)

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

(1,230

)

Net loss

 

$

(25,464

)

$

(266,293

)

$

(46,260

)

$

(47,096

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share — basic

 

$

(2.97

)

$

(6.14

)

$

(1.08

)

$

(1.12

)

Basic weighted-average number of shares

 

8,584

 

43,401

 

42,968

 

42,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share — diluted

 

$

(2.97

)

$

(6.14

)

$

(1.08

)

$

(1.12

)

Diluted weighted-average number of common and common equivalent shares

 

8,584

 

43,401

 

42,968

 

42,136

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

34,533

 

$

52,585

 

Restricted cash

 

164,765

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $75 in 2010 and $2,400 in 2009

 

11,571

 

10,947

 

Inventories

 

44,179

 

24,237

 

Income taxes receivable

 

954

 

5,796

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

14,185

 

7,323

 

Total current assets

 

270,187

 

100,888

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

296,289

 

589,049

 

Restricted cash

 

16,211

 

7,451

 

Available for sale securities

 

 

5,442

 

Other assets

 

11,291

 

9,866

 

Total assets

 

$

593,978

 

$

712,696

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

$

156,118

 

$

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

42,765

 

Current obligations under capital leases

 

789

 

 

Accounts payable

 

23,311

 

11,164

 

Accrued liabilities

 

4,906

 

2,544

 

Other current liabilities

 

10,589

 

6,279

 

Total current liabilities

 

195,713

 

62,752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise

 

 

365,549

 

Long-term debt

 

191,840

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

2,026

 

2,936

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

2,741

 

13,927

 

Total liabilities

 

392,320

 

445,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Successor common stock, par value $0.001 per share; (15,000,000 shares; 7,448,916 shares outstanding, net of 7,791 shares held in treasury)

 

8

 

 

Successor preferred stock; (5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding)

 

 

 

Predecessor common stock, par value $0.001 per share; (185,000,000 shares authorized; 43,048,158 shares outstanding, net of 21,548,640 shares held in treasury)

 

 

44

 

Predecessor preferred stock; (50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding)

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

227,360

 

294,297

 

Retained deficit

 

(25,464

)

(28,421

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net

 

(246

)

1,612

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

201,658

 

267,532

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

593,978

 

$

712,696

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

Treasury
Shares

 

Common
Shares

 

Common
Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Predecessor balance at December 31, 2007

 

21,548,640

 

41,734,223

 

$

42

 

$

279,218

 

$

64,935

 

$

(324

)

$

343,871

 

Tax effect of exercised and lapsed stock options

 

 

 

(342

)

 

 

(57

)

 

 

 

 

(57

)

Stock option exercises (forfeitures)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

(24

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,729

 

 

 

 

 

5,729

 

Purchase of minority interest

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

1

 

6,618

 

 

 

 

 

6,619

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

237,107

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47,096

)

 

 

(47,096

)

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax of $1,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,746

)

(1,746

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48,842

)

Predecessor balance at December 31, 2008

 

21,548,640

 

42,970,988

 

$

43

 

$

292,984

 

$

17,839

 

$

(2,070

)

$

308,796

 

Tax effect of exercised and lapsed stock options

 

 

 

(4,830

)

 

 

(1,242

)

 

 

 

 

(1,242

)

Stock option exercises (forfeitures)

 

 

 

85,000

 

1

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,536

 

 

 

 

 

2,536

 

Forfeiture of non-vested restricted stock

 

 

 

(3,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(46,260

)

 

 

(46,260

)

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax of $494

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

773

 

773

 

Unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $1,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,909

 

2,909

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42,578

)

Predecessor balance at December 31, 2009

 

21,548,640

 

43,048,158

 

$

44

 

$

294,297

 

$

(28,421

)

$

1,612

 

$

267,532

 

Stock option exercises (forfeitures)

 

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(266,293

)

 

 

(266,293

)

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

(3

)

Unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

765

 

765

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(265,531

)

Cancellation of Predecessor common stock

 

(21,548,640

)

(43,048,158

)

(44

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(44

)

Reorganization and fresh start accounting adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(294,670

)

294,714

 

(2,374

)

(2,330

)

Predecessor balance at February 28, 2010

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Issuance of equity in connection with emergence from bankruptcy

 

 

 

6,614,980

 

7

 

219,916

 

 

 

 

 

219,923

 

Successor balance at February 28, 2010

 

 

6,614,980

 

$

7

 

$

219,916

 

$

 

$

 

$

219,923

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock -based compensation

 

 

 

83,038

 

 

 

7,784

 

 

 

 

 

7,784

 

Issuances of common stock

 

 

 

758,321

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Warrants exercised

 

 

 

368

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

7,791

 

 

 

 

 

(355

)

 

 

 

 

(355

)

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,464

)

 

 

(25,464

)

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(246

)

(246

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,710

)

Successor balance at December 31, 2010

 

7,791

 

7,456,707

 

$

8

 

$

227,360

 

$

(25,464

)

$

(246

)

$

201,658

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Ten Months
Ended

 

Two Months
Ended
February 28,

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Net loss

 

$

(25,464

)

$

(266,293

)

$

(46,260

)

$

(48,326

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash gain due to Plan effects

 

 

(136,574

)

 

 

Non-cash loss due to fresh start accounting adjustments

 

 

387,655

 

 

 

Provision for rejected executory contracts and leases

 

 

9,590

 

26,403

 

 

Loss on sale of available-for-sale securities

 

1,990

 

 

 

 

Loss on sale of auction rate securities

 

 

 

 

31,601

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

9,792

 

2,795

 

16,709

 

15,465

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(910

)

 

(2,610

)

4,489

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

7,784

 

277

 

2,536

 

5,729

 

Other

 

76

 

 

(1,000

)

5,531

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

(4,483

)

2,560

 

44,941

 

17,170

 

Income tax receivable

 

5,022

 

 

9,339

 

(3,173

)

Inventories

 

(18,960

)

1,543

 

61,184

 

(3,933

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(9,972

)

1,339

 

2,876

 

1,951

 

Other assets

 

6,284

 

 

(16,921

)

 

Accounts payable

 

3,805

 

7,061

 

(61,988

)

(8,385

)

Demobilization costs for expansion projects

 

 

 

 

9,874

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

5,831

 

(21,640

)

5,607

 

7,608

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(19,205

)

(11,687

)

40,816

 

35,601

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment, net

 

(77,672

)

(2,086

)

(2,279

)

(265,878

)

Canton, Illinois facility acquisition

 

(16,880

)

 

 

 

Redemptions of short-term securities

 

 

 

 

179,899

 

Other

 

 

 

2,000

 

2,846

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(94,552

)

(2,086

)

(279

)

(83,133

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of senior secured tem loan credit agreement, net of original issuance discount of $8,000

 

192,000

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of senior secured notes

 

50,750

 

98,119

 

 

 

Increase in restricted cash

 

(165,692

)

(7,833

)

 

 

Debt issuance costs

 

(8,162

)

(1,190

)

 

 

Repayment of note payable

 

(5,252

)

 

 

 

Net repayments on revolving credit facilities

 

 

(27,765

)

(24,435

)

52,200

 

Borrowings from (repayments of) debtor-in-possession debt facility

 

 

(15,000

)

15,000

 

 

Payments on other long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

(253

)

 

 

 

Financing fees and expenses paid pre-petition

 

 

 

(1,876

)

 

Proceeds from warrants exercised

 

15

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

Proceeds from stock option exercises

 

 

96

 

20

 

 

Purchase of treasury shares

 

(355

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

63,051

 

46,427

 

(11,291

)

53,700

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

 

(50,706

)

32,654

 

29,246

 

6,168

 

Cash and equivalents at beginning of the period

 

85,239

 

52,585

 

23,339

 

17,171

 

Cash and equivalents at end of the period

 

$

34,533

 

$

85,239

 

$

52,585

 

$

23,339

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

13,488

 

$

1,750

 

$

6,040

 

$

31,514

 

Income taxes paid (refunded)

 

$

32

 

$

822

 

$

(16,408

)

$

806

 

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.                            Organization and Basis of Presentation

 

Organization

 

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Aventine” or the “Company”) is a producer and marketer of ethanol.  The Company’s production facilities produced 186.4 million gallons of ethanol in 2010 and 197.5 million gallons of ethanol in 2009.  In addition to producing ethanol, the Company’s facilities also produce several co-products including: corn gluten feed and meal, corn germ, condensed corn distillers solubles, dried distillers grain with solubles, wet distillers grain with solubles, carbon dioxide and grain distillers dried yeast.  Historically, Aventine has also been a large marketer of ethanol, distributing ethanol purchased from other third-party producers in addition to its own ethanol production.  In 2010 and 2009, the Company distributed 1.2 million gallons and 65.7 million gallons, respectively, of ethanol produced by others.  During 2010 and 2009, Aventine marketed and distributed a total of 184.0 million and 277.5 million gallons of ethanol, respectively.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Any material events or transactions that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2010 through the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K were reviewed for purposes of determining whether any adjustments or additional disclosures were required to be made to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aventine and its subsidiaries.  Prior to October 13, 2008, Aventine owned 78.4% of Nebraska Energy, L.L.C. (“NELLC”) and the remaining 21.58% of NELLC was owned by Nebraska Energy Cooperative (“NEC”).  Aventine included in its consolidated financial statements all of the revenues and expenses of NELLC and the interest therein of NEC was reflected as non-controlling interest.  On October 13, 2008, the Company completed its purchase of the 21.58% of NELLC that it did not already own from NEC.  The purchase was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. The purchase accounting allocation related to the acquisition has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of, and for the period subsequent to October 13, 2008.  The Company issued 1 million shares of its common stock, resulting in a purchase price of $6.8 million, including related costs.  As a result of the acquisition, the Company fully consolidates its interest in NELLC for all periods subsequent to the purchase date.

 

As a result of its bankruptcy filing during 2009, the Company applied the authoritative guidance of ASC 852, Reorganizations (“ASC 852”), in preparing the consolidated financial statements through February 28, 2010 (the “Convenience Date”).  See Note 2.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements for the prior period contain certain reclassifications to conform to the presentation used in the current period.  The reclassifications had no impact on stockholders’ equity, working capital, gross profit or net income.

 

Segments

 

Aventine operates in one reportable segment, the manufacture and marketing of fuel-grade ethanol.

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity Outlook

 

Our ability to maintain adequate liquidity depends in part upon industry conditions and general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory, and other factors beyond our control. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary significantly from year to year due to the cyclical nature of our industry. As a result, the amount of debt we can manage in some periods may not be appropriate for us in other periods. Additionally, our future cash flow may be insufficient to meet our debt obligations and commitments. Any insufficiency could negatively impact our business. A range of economic, competitive, business and industry factors will affect our future financial performance, and, as a result, our ability to generate cash flow from operations, and to pay our debt. Many of these factors, such as ethanol prices, corn prices, economic, and financial conditions in our industry and the global economy or competitive initiatives of our competitors are beyond our control.

 

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by our borrowing facility, and cash provided by operations. At December 31, 2010, we had $34.5 million of cash and cash equivalents and $74.5 million in net working capital.  Additionally, at December 31, 2010, we had availability under the Revolving Facility of approximately $4.1 million. On March 1, 2011, we entered an amendment to the Revolving Facility which increased the availability to $14.1 million as of that date.  We depend on the Revolving Facility for future working capital needs. If there is an event of default by us under the Revolving Facility that continues beyond any applicable cure period, resulting in amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable, or if our qualifying inventory and accounts receivable decline such that our borrowing base is limited, we may not have sufficient funds available to repay such borrowings or we may be unable to borrow a sufficient amount to fund our operations.  In the event that cash flows and borrowings under the Revolving Facility are not sufficient to meet our cash requirements, we may be required to seek additional financing.

 

Our liquidity position is significantly influenced by our operating results, which in turn are substantially dependent on commodity prices, especially prices for corn, ethanol, natural gas, and unleaded gasoline. As a result, adverse commodity price movements adversely impact our liquidity. Often, movements in commodity prices are well correlated such that increases or decreases in commodities movements provide a predictable change in our liquidity.  However, in the last three years, there have been periods of time in which other economic factors cause a significant deterioration in commodity price correlations such that our ability to predict our liquidity level may be significantly diminished.  Accordingly, we can provide no assurance that the amounts of cash available from operations, together with the Revolving Facility, will be sufficient to fund our operations.

 

Our principal uses of liquidity are payments related to our outstanding debt and liquidity facility, working capital, funding of operations, and capital expenditures. Under our Term Loan, we are required to maintain a minimum liquidity position of $15 million comprised of available cash and borrowing capacity under our Revolving Facility throughout 2011, and $25 million beginning in 2012.  Based on current commodity prices and market conditions, our liquidity forecast may indicate a need to defer start up of our Aurora West facility and our Canton facility beyond 2011.  If we do not generate enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our principal uses of liquidity, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or raising additional capital. However, under our Term Loan, we are required to maintain a debt to total capitalization ratio of less than 0.65. There is no assurance that undertaking alternative financing plans, if necessary, would allow us to meet our debt obligations our other uses of liquidity.

 

Despite the risks identified associated with our liquidity and our forecasted operating cash flows, we believe that we have sufficient liquidity through our cash and cash equivalents, cash from operations and borrowing capacity under our Revolving Facility to meet our short-term and long-term normal recurring operating needs, debt service obligations, contingencies, and anticipated capital expenditures through 2011 and beyond.  We also believe that the additional avenues available to preserve liquidity in

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

the event of an industry or economic downturn are adequate to allow us to continue operations through 2011 and beyond.

 

2.                            Bankruptcy Proceedings and Related Events

 

On April 7, 2009 (the ‘‘Petition Date’’), Aventine and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the ‘‘Debtors’’), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the ‘‘Bankruptcy Court’’). The Debtors filed their First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on January 13, 2010 (as modified, the ‘‘Plan’’). The Plan was confirmed by order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on February 24, 2010 (the ‘‘Confirmation Order’’) and became effective on March 15, 2010 (the ‘‘Effective Date’’), the date on which the Company emerged from protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  ASC 852, which is applicable to companies in Chapter 11 proceedings, generally does not change the manner in which financial statements are prepared while the company remains in Chapter 11 proceedings. However, ASC 852 does require that the financial statements for periods subsequent to the filing of a Chapter 11 petition and prior to the Effective Date distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Revenues, expenses (including professional fees), realized gains and losses, and provisions for losses that can be directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of the business must be reported separately as reorganization items in the consolidated statements of operations. The consolidated balance sheet must distinguish pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise from both those pre-petition liabilities that are not subject to compromise and from post-petition liabilities. Liabilities that may be affected by the Plan must be reported at the amounts expected to be allowed, even if they may be settled for lesser amounts. In addition, cash provided by reorganization items must be disclosed separately in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows. ASC 852 became effective for Aventine on April 7, 2009, and Aventine segregated those items as outlined above for all applicable reporting periods subsequent to such date through the Effective Date.

 

Until emergence on the Effective Date, the Debtors were operating as debtors-in-possession under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. In general, as debtors-in-possession, the Debtors were authorized to continue to operate as ongoing businesses, but could not engage in transactions outside the ordinary course of business without the approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

The consolidated financial statements prior to March 1, 2010 reflect results based upon the historical cost basis of the Company while the post-emergence consolidated financial statements reflect the new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the effects of fresh-start reporting. Therefore, the post-emergence periods are not comparable to the pre-emergence periods. As a result of the application of fresh start accounting, the Company’s consolidated financial statements prior to and including February 28, 2010 represent the operations of its pre-reorganization predecessor company and are presented separately from the consolidated financial statements of its post-reorganization successor company.

 

The term “Predecessor” refers only to the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the Effective Date, and the term “Successor” refers only to the Company and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Effective Date. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Aventine” and the “Company” are used interchangeably in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to refer to both the Predecessor and Successor Company.

 

Chapter 11 Reorganization Items

 

ASC 852 requires separate disclosure of reorganization items such as realized gains and losses from the settlement of pre-petition liabilities, provisions for losses resulting from the reorganization and restructuring of the business, as well as professional fees directly related to the process of reorganizing the Debtors under Chapter 11.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

The Debtors’ reorganization items consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28, 2010

 

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Provision for rejected executory contracts and other accruals

 

$

9,590

 

$

26,403

 

Professional fees directly related to reorganization(a)

 

8,776

 

7,449

 

Other(b)

 

1,916

 

(1,412

)

Total reorganization items

 

$

20,282

 

$

32,440

 


(a)       Includes post-petition fees associated with advisors to the Debtors, the statutory committee of unsecured creditors and certain secured creditors.

 

(b)       Includes gains on the settlement of pre-petition critical vendor claims for less than amounts owed and other adjustments.

 

Pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise

 

Pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise refers to unsecured obligations that will be accounted for under a plan of reorganization.  Generally, actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment of pre-Chapter 11 liabilities are stayed.  ASC 852 requires pre-petition liabilities that are subject to compromise to be reported at the amounts expected to be allowed, even if they may be settled for lesser amounts.  These liabilities represent the estimated amount expected to be allowed on known or potential claims to be resolved through the Chapter 11 process, and remain subject to future adjustments arising from negotiated settlements, actions of the Bankruptcy Court, rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases, the determination as to the value of any potential collateral securing the claims, proofs of claim, or other events. Pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise also include certain items that may be assumed under the plan of reorganization, and as such, may be subsequently reclassified to liabilities not subject to compromise.

 

Pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise consisted of the following at December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

10% senior unsecured notes due 2017 (see Note 11)

 

$

300,000

 

Provision for rejected executory contracts and other accruals

 

26,403

 

Pre-petition accounts payable

 

29,451

 

Accrued interest on notes payable

 

15,500

 

Unamortized issuance costs of 10% senior unsecured notes

 

(5,805

)

Total pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise

 

$

365,549

 

 

Pre-petition liabilities not compromised

 

The pre-petition liabilities not compromised of $11.5 million at December 31, 2009 consisted of pre-petition accounts payable secured by liens, and pre-petition payables which are priority claims and will be paid in full. Such amounts were recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Fresh Start Accounting and Selection of Convenience Date

 

The Company emerged from bankruptcy on March 15, 2010. In accordance with ASC 852, the Company adopted fresh start accounting and adjusted the historical carrying value of its assets and liabilities to their respective fair values at the Effective Date. Simultaneously, the Company determined the

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

fair value of its equity at the Effective Date. The Company selected an accounting convenience date proximate to the Effective Date for purposes of making the aforementioned adjustments to historical carrying values, because the activity between the Effective Date and the Convenience Date does not result in a material difference in the results. The Company selected a Convenience Date of February 28, 2010. As a result, the Company recorded fresh start accounting adjustments to historical carrying values of assets and liabilities as of February 28, 2010 using market prices, discounted cash flow methodologies based primarily on observable market information and, to a lesser extent, on unobservable market information, and other techniques. The fresh start accounting adjustments are reflected in the balance sheet at February 28, 2010 and in the statement of operations for the two months ended February 28, 2010.  The Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 reflects the results of successor operations.

 

The Company’s adoption of fresh start accounting resulted in the Company becoming a new entity as of the Effective Date, with a new capital structure, a new accounting basis in the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed and no retained earnings or accumulated losses. The consolidated financial statements on or after March 1, 2010 are not comparable to the consolidated financial statements prior to that date. The financial statements for the periods ended prior to February 28, 2010 do not include the effect of any changes in the Company’s capital structure or changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities as a result of fresh start accounting.

 

Fresh start accounting provides, among other things, for a determination of the value to be assigned to the equity of the emerging company as of the Effective Date. Reorganization equity value represents the Company’s estimate of the amount a willing buyer would pay for the Company’s net assets immediately after the reorganization. This amount, approximately $219.9 million, was determined by Company management, who developed the enterprise value using a combination of the following three measurement methodologies: 1) comparable public company analysis, 2) discounted cash flow analysis, and 3) precedent transactions analysis. This amount was determined based, in part, on economic, competitive, and general business conditions prevailing at the time. As noted above, enterprise value, including the assumptions referred to below, was in turn used to determine the equity value of the Company at the Effective Date. The enterprise value of the Company was estimated between $220.0 million and $260.0 million, less an assumed estimated total net debt of $28.9 million, for an equity value of the Company estimated between $191.1 million and $231.1 million, with a midpoint equity value of $211.1 million.  Assumed estimated total net debt includes $105 million principal amount of 13% senior secured notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Plan on the Effective Date and a $5.3 million note payable due to Kiewit Energy Company (‘‘Kiewit’’) as partial satisfaction of Kiewit’s secured claim on the Aurora West ethanol expansion facility (the “Kiewit Note”) and unrestricted cash of $81.4 million.

 

In estimating the range of enterprise values and equity value of the Company at the time of emergence, management considered the following:

 

·                  historical financial information of the Debtors for recent years and interim periods;

·                  internal financial and operating data of the Company, including financial projections prepared by management relating to the Company’s business and prospects;

·                  interviews with senior management;

·                  publicly available financial data and market value of comparable public companies management deemed generally comparable to the operating business of the Company;

·                  relevant precedent transactions in the ethanol industry—for purposes of this analysis management analyzed all sale transactions of ethanol facilities occurring from January 1, 2009 through November 15, 2009 for which purchase prices were publicly disclosed and were not subject to extraordinary forces making them not relevant to this valuation (i.e., cold idled facilities sold for scrap value);

·                  competitive bids received from various third parties;

·                  certain economic and industry information relevant to the operating business; and

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

·                  other studies, analyses, inquiries, and investigations as management deemed appropriate.

 

Descriptions of the three different valuation methodologies, the comparable public company analysis, the precedent transaction analysis and the discounted cash flow approach, are as provided below.

 

Comparable Public Company Analysis

 

A comparable public company analysis estimates value based on a comparison of the target company’s financial statistics with the financial statistics of public companies that are similar to the target company. It establishes a benchmark for asset valuation by deriving the value of ‘‘comparable’’ assets, standardized using a common variable such as revenues, earnings, cash flows and operating capacity. The analysis includes a detailed multi-year financial comparison of each company’s income statement, balance sheet, cash flow statement and operating capacity. In addition, each company’s performance, profitability, margins, leverage and business trends are also examined. Based on these analyses, a number of financial multiples and ratios are calculated to gauge each company’s relative performance and valuation.

 

Precedent Transactions Analysis

 

Precedent transactions analysis estimates value by examining publicly announced merger and acquisition transactions. An analysis of the disclosed purchase price as a multiple of various operating statistics (particularly total annual production capacity in the case of the ethanol industry) reveals industry acquisition multiples for companies in similar lines of businesses to the Company. These transaction multiples are calculated based on the purchase price (including any debt assumed) paid to acquire companies that are comparable to the Debtors. These multiples are then applied to the Debtors’ annual production capacity to determine the total enterprise value or value to a potential buyer.

 

The transactions selected were based on the following criteria:

 

·                  deals announced since September 2008 for targets in the United States and Canada;

·                  deal was closed prior to November 2009;

·                  majority stake acquired;

·                  target company is an ethanol producer;

·                  transactions with extraordinary circumstances regarding the plants were excluded; and

·                  implied enterprise value / capacity could be determined.

 

Discounted Cash Flow Approach

 

The discounted cash flow (‘‘DCF’’) valuation methodology relates the value of an asset or business to the present value of expected future cash flows to be generated by that asset or business. The DCF methodology is a ‘‘forward looking’’ approach that discounts the expected future cash flows by a theoretical or observed discount rate determined by calculating the weighted average cost of debt and equity capital (‘‘WACC’’) for publicly traded companies that are similar to the Debtors. The expected future cash flows have two components: the present value of the projected unlevered after-tax free cash flows for a determined period and the present value of the terminal value of cash flows (representing firm value beyond the time horizon of the financial projections). The projected cash flows were discounted from the financial projections using the Debtors’ estimated WACC, and the terminal value of the Debtors was calculated using a per gallon multiple of operating capacity as is consistent with industry practice.

 

In its efforts to value the Debtors, a DCF was conducted under the following assumptions:

 

·                  Company-provided earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and reorganization levels;

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

·                  WACC of 20% based on an analysis of the Notes term sheet, required private equity returns in similar companies and required returns of other publicly traded ethanol producers;

·                  Exit multiple of $1.00 per gallon of operating capacity plus consideration for working capital (projected working capital balance as of December 31, 2014, discounted at the Debtors’ WACC) as is consistent with industry practice;

·                  Corporate tax rate of 40%; and

·                  The two uncompleted facilities (Aurora West and Mt. Vernon) are completed by the end of 2011.

 

Under this set of assumptions, management placed an enterprise value of the Company ranging from approximately $220.0 million to $260.0 million.

 

In performing the comparable public company analysis, it was determined that only one publicly available ethanol company is generally comparable to the Company. Several ethanol producers were deemed not comparable or not usable for the purposes of the valuation because (i) their equity is privately held; (ii) ethanol production makes up less than 10% of sales, and/or (iii) the companies are distressed. For this reason, it was determined that the DCF analysis and precedent transactions analysis were the most pertinent valuation methodologies for the purpose of valuing the Company. Accordingly, the DCF analysis and the precedent transactions analysis were each weighted at 40% and the comparable companies’ analysis was weighted at 20% in estimating the Company’s enterprise value.

 

The Company’s reorganization value was determined employing the following weighting of three valuation methodologies and their related estimated valuations:

 

 

 

Weighting

 

Enterprise Value

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

40%

 

$0.80 to $0.90 / gallon (for operational facilities);

 

 

 

 

$0.63 to $0.73 / gallon (for uncompleted facilities)

 

 

 

 

 

Precedent Transactions

 

40%

 

WACC of 20.0% and $1.00 per gallon terminal multiple plus consideration for working capital.

 

 

 

 

 

Market Multiples

 

20%

 

$0.95 to $1.05 / gallon (for operational facilities);

 

 

 

 

$0.75 to $0.85 / gallon (for uncompleted facilities)

 

Enterprise value is calculated excluding cash and therefore the implied indication of value also excludes cash.

 

 

 

 

 

Enterprise Value Range

 

 

 

Weighting

 

Low

 

Mid

 

High

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

40

%

$

220.0

 

$

240.0

 

$

260.0

 

Precedent Transactions

 

40

%

$

200.0

 

$

220.0

 

$

240.0

 

Market Multiples

 

20

%

$

240.0

 

$

260.0

 

$

280.0

 

Weighted Average Enterprise Valuation Range

 

 

 

$

220.0

 

$

240.0

 

$

260.0

 

Enterprise Value / Completed Gallons

 

 

 

$

1.06

 

$

1.16

 

$

1.26

 

Enterprise Value / Total Gallons(1)

 

 

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.60

 

 


(1)                Assumes completion of Mt. Vernon and Aurora West facilities.

 

In forecasting the Debtor’s five year business plan, management made a number of assumptions with respect to the Company’s operations, market prices and margins. The Company’s estimate of reorganization value assumes the achievement of the future financial results contemplated in its forecasted cash flows based on the assumptions above, and there can be no assurance that the Company will realize that value. The estimates and assumptions used are subject to significant uncertainties, many of which are

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

beyond the Company’s control, and there is no assurance that anticipated financial results will be achieved. Assumptions used in the Company’s DCF analysis that have the most significant effect on its estimated reorganization value include:

 

·                  Mt. Vernon begins construction in the second quarter of 2010 and begins production in the fourth quarter of 2010.

·                  Aurora West begins construction in the second quarter of 2011 and begins production in the first quarter of 2012. Post-emergence management accelerated construction of Aurora West and it is mechanically complete as of December 2010 and is expected to become operational in the spring of 2011. However, any impact on reorganization value of this accelerated construction, positive or negative, would depend on the consistency of a number of other assumptions.

·                  Kiewit is assumed to be paid $11.9 million in March 2010 and receive a non-recourse secured note for the remaining amount of their claim with an interest rate of 5.0% (matures at the earlier of five years after emergence or six months after the completion of Aurora West). In post-emergence, the non-recourse secured note was paid off in the second quarter of 2010.

·                  Fourth quarter 2011 estimated corn prices extended through projection horizon.

·                  Fourth quarter 2011 estimated natural gas prices extended through projection horizon.

·                  $5.0 million of pre-petition accounts payable and $10.0 million of transaction fees paid at emergence.

·                  An additional $50.0 million note assumed to be issued upon the resumption of construction at Aurora West on substantially similar terms to the Notes.

·                  Margins were assumed to be consistent with actual margins being experienced at the time for the fourth quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010 and somewhat more conservative margins were employed in future years based on the trends at the time.

 

Upon emergence, there were 8.55 million shares of new common equity available for issuance with a book value of $24.69 per share. Of the 8.55 million shares, 1.71 million were issued to the subscribers to the $105 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes, while 6.84 million shares were reserved specifically for distribution to holders of general unsecured claims (including the holders of the Company’s pre-petition $300 million of unsecured notes) in settlement of their claims. At December 31, 2010, the Company had issued approximately 5.64 million shares, with approximately 1.2 million shares remaining to be distributed to holders of general unsecured claims.

 

The balance sheet reorganization adjustments presented below summarize the impact of the Plan and the adoption of fresh start accounting as of February 28, 2010.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

AVENTINE RENEWABLE ENERGY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

REORGANIZED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

February 28, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Reorganization

 

Fresh Start

 

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

Adjustments(1)

 

Adjustments

 

Successor

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

66,866

 

$

18,373

(2)

$

 

$

85,239

 

Accounts receivable

 

8,163

 

(1,000

)(3)

 

7,163

 

Inventories

 

22,694

 

 

2,526

(12)

25,220

 

Income taxes receivable

 

5,975

 

 

 

5,975

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

5,423

 

(1,210

)(4)

 

4,213

 

Total current assets

 

109,121

 

16,163

 

2,526

 

127,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

587,103

 

1,700

(2)

(379,970

)(12)

208,833

 

Restricted cash

 

7,452

 

7,832

(2)

 

15,284

 

Available for sale securities

 

6,207

 

 

 

6,207

 

Other assets

 

9,860

 

734

(5)

(4,423

)(12)

6,171

 

Total assets

 

$

719,743

 

$

26,429

 

$

(381,867

)

$

364,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

42,765

 

$

(37,513

)(2,6)

$

 

$

5,252

 

Accounts payable

 

16,588

 

1,637

(7)

1,281

(12)

19,506

 

Accrued liabilities

 

2,327

 

 

 

2,327

 

Other current liabilities

 

6,837

 

 

 

6,837

 

Total current liabilities

 

68,517

 

(35,876

)

1,281

 

33,922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise 

 

358,790

 

(358,790

)(9)

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

98,119

(2)

6,881

(12)

105,000

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

2,936

 

 

 

2,936

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

31,069

 

(28,545

)(10)

 

2,524

 

Total liabilities

 

461,312

 

(325,092

)

8,162

 

144,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

44

 

(37

)(11)

 

7

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

294,670

 

(74,754

)(11)

 

219,916

 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

(38,657

)

426,312

(11)

(387,655

)(13)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

2,374

 

 

(2,374

)(13)

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

258,431

 

351,521

 

(390,029

)

219,923

(8)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

719,743

 

$

26,429

 

$

(381,867

)

$

364,305

 

 


Explanatory Notes

 

(1) Reorganization adjustments represent amounts recorded on the Effective Date for the implementation of the Plan, including the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and related payments, the issuance of new debt and repayment of old debt, distributions of cash and new shares of common stock, and the cancellation of Predecessor’s common stock.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

(2)   Cash effects of the Plan (in thousands):

 

Proceeds from issuance of senior secured 13% notes due March 2015

 

$

98,119

 

Payment of principal on secured revolving credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

(27,765

)

Payment of interest and fees on secured revolving credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

(206

)

Payment of principal on debtor-in-possession debt facility

 

(15,000

)

Payment of interest on debtor-in-possession debt facility

 

(96

)

Payment of secured claims to Kiewit on expansion projects in Aurora, Nebraska and Mt. Vernon, Indiana

 

(17,931

)

Represents payment to Applied Process Technology International LLC for license agreements which provide the Company with all of the rights to the Delta-T Technology necessary to construct and operate the ethanol expansion facilities at Aurora West and Mt. Vernon

 

(1,700

)

Fund additional restricted cash

 

(7,832

)

Payments of priority and other secured claims and cure amounts

 

(4,876

)

Payment of professional fees

 

(4,340

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

18,373

 

 

This entry records the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes and the payment of certain bankruptcy obligations in accordance with the Plan. Cash of $7.8 million reclassified to restricted cash represents amounts held in escrow accounts pending final resolution from the Bankruptcy Court.

 

(3)  The Company offset $1.0 million of receivables from a certain customer against $1.7 million of payables due to the same counterparty, resulting in a net payout of $0.7 million to the customer/vendor, also discussed in footnote (7) below.

 

(4)   Represents the write-off of the prepaid directors and officers insurance balance for the predecessor company of $1.6 million, plus $0.3 million reclassification of debt issuance costs related to the issuance of the Notes and the new secured revolving credit facility with PNC Bank (see Note 9) to Other Assets, offset by the addition of a deposit on title insurance pertaining to the Aurora West expansion facility of $0.7 million.

 

(5)  Represents the $0.7 million of debt issuance costs pertaining to the Notes and the new secured revolving credit facility (see Note 9), of which $0.3 million was reclassified from Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets.

 

(6)  As noted above in explanatory note (2), the Company paid in full the $27.8 million pre-petition secured revolving credit facility and the $15.0 million debtor-in-possession loan, including $0.3 million representing all respective accrued interest on said loans, in accordance with the Plan. Offsetting these reductions in debt, the Company issued a $5.3 million note payable due to Kiewit as partial satisfaction of Kiewit’s secured claim on the Aurora West ethanol expansion facility.

 

(7)   The increase consisted of $1.6 million of accrued priority, secured, and cure amounts not yet paid to claimants, $0.7 million of accrued Class 7 convenience claims also not yet paid to claimants, the $1.0 million accrued professional fee payable to a court-appointed financial advisor, all of which was offset by a $1.7 million reduction in payable due to a certain vendor/customer as discussed in footnote (3) above.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

(8)   Reconciliation of enterprise value to determination of equity (in thousands):

 

Total enterprise value

 

$

240,000

 

Successor company cash balance at February 28, 2010

 

85,239

 

Accrued plan effects payments

 

(5,348

)

Kiewit note

 

(5,252

)

Restricted cash available upon emergence

 

10,284

 

Fair value of senior secured notes due March 15, 2015

 

(105,000

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

219,923

 

 

(9)   Represents the disposition of liabilities subject to compromise (in thousands):

 

Liabilities subject to compromise discharged at emergence:

 

 

 

Accrued interest

 

$

8,215

 

10% senior unsecured notes due 2017

 

159,000

 

Class 6 General Unsecured Claims

 

24,958

 

Class 7 Convenience Claims

 

1,302

 

Total liabilities subject to compromise discharged at emergence

 

$

193,475

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities subject to compromise paid in cash or settled via equity share distribution:

 

 

 

Accrued interest on the Notes (equity shares)

 

$

7,285

 

10% senior unsecured notes due 2017 (equity shares)

 

141,000

 

Class 6 General Unsecured Claims (equity shares)

 

22,133

 

Class 7 Convenience Claims (paid or accrued for payment)

 

701

 

Liabilities subject to compromise paid in cash or settled via equity share distribution

 

$

171,119

 

Unamortized issuance costs of 10% senior unsecured note

 

$

(5,804

)

Total disposition of liabilities subject to compromise

 

$

358,790

 

 

(10)  Due to the payment of priority and secured claims and cure amounts in accordance with the Plan, the Company recorded a $28.5 million reduction in other long-term liabilities under Plan effects as follows:

 

Changes in Other long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

Partial settlement of the Kiewit Aurora West secured claim

 

$

10,000

 

Payment in full of Kiewit Mt. Vernon secured claim

 

7,931

 

Issuance of a short-term Kiewit Note as partial settlement of the Kiewit Aurora West secured claim

 

5,252

 

Payment of collateral for public utility Mt. Vernon lien

 

1,894

 

Reclassification of unpaid priority, secured, and cure amounts to accounts payable

 

1,582

 

Payment of employee-related priority administrative claims

 

937

 

Payment of cure amounts for assumed contracts

 

420

 

Payments of other secured claims

 

333

 

Payment of other priority administrative claims payments

 

196

 

Total

 

$

28,545

 

 

(11)  Plan effect adjustments to the Company’s statement of stockholder’s equity include the following:

 

·                  Gain due to plan effects in the two months ended February 28, 2010 of $136.6 million related to implementation of the Plan consisted of $193.5 million of liabilities subject to compromise which were discharged upon emergence less $5.8 million of unamortized debt issuance costs on the 10% senior unsecured notes, $1.6 million related to the write-off of predecessor prepaid directors and officer insurance, $5.3 million of successor-based professional fees awarded

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

under the Plan, $42.6 million related to loss on shares granted in connection with the Notes and $1.6 million of other miscellaneous costs.

 

·                  Elimination of predecessor equity balances comprised of:

 

·                  common stock of $44 thousand,

·                  additional paid-in capital of $294.7 million

 

·                  Issuance of successor common stock comprised of:

 

·                  common stock of $7 thousand

·                  additional paid-in capital of $219.9 million

 

·                  Adjustments to retained earnings of $426.3 million resulting from the net impact of all other plan effects, including the gain.

 

(12) Fair values of assets and liabilities represent the Company’s best estimates based on its appraisals and valuations which incorporated industry data and trends and relevant market rates and transactions available to the Company at the time. The estimate of reorganization equity value was determined by Company management, who developed the reorganization equity value using a combination of the following three measurement methodologies: 1) comparable public company analysis, 2) discounted cash flow approach, and 3) precedent transactions analysis. This amount was determined based, in part, on economic, competitive and general business conditions prevailing at the time. These estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies beyond the Company’s reasonable control.

 

Cash and cash equivalents, Accounts Receivable, Prepaid Assets and Other Current Assets, Accrued Liabilities and Other Current Liabilities—The Company evaluated the fair value of financial instruments represented in current assets and current liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid assets and other current assets, accrued liabilities, and other current liabilities. Based upon the Company’s evaluations, it concluded that the carrying value approximates fair value of these financial instruments due to their short maturities or variable-rate nature of the respective balances.

 

Restricted Cash and Other Long-Term Liabilities—The Company evaluated the fair value of restricted cash and other long-term liabilities. The restricted cash balances are held in interest-bearing accounts and the Company therefore concluded that the carrying value approximates fair value. The other long-term liabilities principally represent company obligations related to pension and retiree medical costs. Such liabilities are calculated using various assumptions including an assumed discount rate which the Company believes is reasonable and therefore concluded that the carrying values of such long-term liabilities approximates fair value.

 

Inventories—Inventories consist primarily of agricultural and energy-related commodities including corn, ethanol, and coal. The fair value of these commodities was determined through reference to prices that were publicly available at the time, as adjusted for physical location.

 

Property, plant and equipment—Property, plant and equipment was valued at fair value of approximately $208.8 million as of February 28, 2010. The Company’s management determined fair value. In establishing fair value for the vast majority of the Company’s property, plant and equipment, the cost approach was utilized. The cost approach considers the amount required to replace an asset by constructing or purchasing a new asset with similar utility, then adjusts the value in consideration of all forms of depreciation as of the appraisal date as described below:

 

·                  Physical depreciation — the loss in value or usefulness attributable solely to use of the asset and physical causes such as wear and tear and exposure to the elements.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

·                  Functional obsolescence — a loss in value is due to factors inherent in the asset itself and due to changes in technology, design or process resulting in inadequacy, overcapacity, lack of functional utility or excess operating costs.

·                  Economic obsolescence — loss in value by unfavorable external conditions such as economics of the industry or geographic area, or change in ordinances.

 

The cost approach relies on management’s assumptions regarding current material and labor costs required to rebuild and repurchase significant components of the Company’s property, plant and equipment along with assumptions regarding the age and estimated useful lives of its property, plant and equipment. After recording other assets and liabilities at their respective fair values, the balance of the enterprise value is allocated to the various classes of property, plant and equipment based on the appraisal as adjusted for the factors indicated above, which resulted in a write-down of property, plant and equipment of approximately $380.0 million. Factors contributing to the significant write-off of property, plant and equipment included:

 

·                  Uncompleted facilities are less marketable than operational facilities and were selling at a substantial discount to completed facilities;

·                  The plants require material capital contributions prior to experiencing any potential profits from production, and it was uncertain that the facilities would be completed if the Company did not have sufficient capital to fund completion.  There was also uncertainty as to whether the costs to complete the plants could be materially greater than estimated by management; and

·                  There were significant start-up risks because both plants under construction had sat idle through an entire winter and were expected to sit idle through the 2010 winter which could result in issues causing the equipment to fail to operate effectively.

 

Other AssetsOther assets includes a long-term deposit for utilities against which the Company may apply certain future natural gas transportation charges.  The fair value of this deposit was determined based upon a DCF model for which the significant inputs include the Company’s estimated purchase timing and amount of natural gas, and the discount rate estimated to be 13%.  If the Company had applied a discount rate of 1% higher or lower, the fair value of the asset would have decreased or increased by $168 thousand or $177 thousand, respectively.

 

Accounts PayableAccounts payable includes an estimated liability associated with an off-market coal purchase contract which continued throughout 2010.  The fair value of this contract was determined through reference to coal prices that were publicly available at the time, as adjusted for physical location.  This liability will be amortized to income as the related coal purchases affect the cost of production.  For other accounts payable items, the Company evaluated such liabilities to determine fair value and concluded that the carrying value approximates fair value of these financial instruments due to their short maturities or variable-rate nature of the respective balances.

 

Long-Term Debt—Long-term debt was valued at fair value based on an analysis of market interest rates for guideline companies with similar debt and terms, interest rates for companies recently emerged from bankruptcy, and interest rates based on a synthetic debt rating. Based on this analysis, the Company determined that a range of market interest rate for its $105 million of Notes would be from 11.5% to 14.5%. Based on the stated rate of the Notes of 13% combined with the option to pay a portion of the interest in kind, the Company deemed the fair value to be the face value of the Notes of $105 million. If the interest rate was 1% higher or lower, the fair value of the debt would have increased or decreased by $1.2 million.

 

All fresh start adjustments noted above represent non-recurring fair value measurements and have been treated as non-cash adjustments in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

(13)      Adjustments required in order to report assets and liabilities at fair value under fresh start accounting resulted in a pre-tax charge of $387.7 million, which the Company reported as a loss due to fresh start

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

accounting adjustments in the consolidated statement of operations for the two months ending February 28, 2010.

 

In addition, the Company eliminated the balance of accumulated other comprehensive gains (net of losses) totaling $2.4 million, which were classified as a loss within reorganization items in the consolidated statement of operations for the two months ending February 28, 2010.

 

3.                            Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The accounting policies below relate to amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions that the Company may take in the future. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information. Therefore, actual results could differ from those estimates and could have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is generally recognized when title to products is transferred to an unaffiliated customer as long as the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.  For the majority of sales, this generally occurs after the product has been offloaded at the customers’ site.  For others, the transfer of title occurs at the shipment origination point.  The majority of sales are invoiced at the final per unit price which may be a previously contracted fixed price or a market price at the time of shipment.  Other sales are invoiced and the initial receipts are collected based upon a provisional price, and such sales are adjusted to a final price in the same month based upon a monthly-average spot market price.  Sales are made under normal terms and usually do not require collateral.

 

Historically, the Company has also marketed ethanol for other third-party producers.  Revenues from such non-Company produced gallons are generally recorded on a gross basis in the accompanying statements of operations, as the Company takes title to the product, assumes all risks associated with the purchase and sale of such gallons and is considered the primary obligor on the sale.  Transactions entered into with the same counterparty, which have been negotiated in contemplation of one another, are recorded on a net basis.  This activity was significantly reduced due to the termination of the Company’s marketing alliance in late 2008 and early 2009.

 

The majority of sales are based upon freight cost being paid by the buyer, and the Company excludes such freight costs from its financial statements.  The remaining sales are based upon a delivered price, including freight, and the Company does recognize such freight costs in the financial statements.  Revenue recognized from delivered sales includes the product sale, cost of delivery, plus any respective motor fuel taxes, while revenue recognized from non-delivered sales would exclude the cost of delivery.

 

Environmental Expenditures

 

Environmental expenditures that pertain to current operations and relate to future revenue are expensed or capitalized consistent with the Company’s capitalization policy.  Expenditures that result from the remediation of an existing condition caused by past operations, and that do not contribute to future revenue, are expensed.

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

In accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share” (“ASC 260”), the Company uses the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per share.  ASC 260 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment awards that entitle their holders to receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents before vesting should be considered participating securities and need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing net income (loss) per share under the “two-class method.” The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. In accordance with the standard, the Company’s restricted stock awards and restricted stock units are considered participating securities because they entitle holders to receive non-forfeitable dividends during the vesting term. In applying the two-class method, undistributed earnings are allocated between common shares, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

The Company accounts for certain financial assets and liabilities under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”).  The Company uses the following methods in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

 

Cash and equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximates fair value.

 

Revolving credit facility and long-term debt: The carrying amount of the Company’s borrowings under its revolving credit facility approximates fair value. The fair value of the Notes is based upon quoted closing market prices at year-end.

 

Commodity derivatives: Commodity derivative instruments, entered into periodically by the Company, consist of futures contracts, swaps and option contracts. The fair value of these commodity derivative instruments are determined by reference to quoted market prices.

 

Available for sale securities: Available for sale securities consisted of a common stock investment in exchange traded security, which was sold during 2010.  Historically, the fair value of this security was determined using quoted market prices.

 

See Note 5 for additional information regarding the Company’s fair value assets and liabilities.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable are recorded on a gross basis, with no discounting, less an allowance for doubtful accounts.  Management estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on existing economic conditions, the financial conditions of the customers, and the amount and age of past due accounts.

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts, bad debt provision and write-offs were as follows:

 

 

 

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

 

Charged to
Expenses

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of
Period

 

For the Ten Months Ended December 31, 2010 (Successor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

 

$

75

 

$

 

$

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Two Months Ended February 28, 2010 (Predecessor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

2,400

 

$

1,601

 

$

(4,001

)

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

272

 

$

2,171

 

$

(43

)

$

2,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008 (Predecessor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

48

 

$

236

 

$

(12

)

$

272

 

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined using a weighted average first-in-first-out (“FIFO”) method for bushels of corn purchased, gallons of ethanol produced at the Company’s plants, and other gallons purchased for resale, when applicable.  Inventory costs include expenditures incurred bringing inventory to its existing condition and location. Inventories primarily consist of agricultural and energy-related commodities, including corn, ethanol, and coal, and were as follows at December 31:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Finished products

 

$

27,984

 

$

16,409

 

Work-in-process

 

6,008

 

2,430

 

Raw materials

 

10,187

 

5,398

 

Totals

 

$

44,179

 

$

24,237

 

 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

 

Derivatives are accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), and primarily consist of commodity futures contracts, swaps and option contracts.

 

At the inception of a derivative contract, companies are required to formally document qualifying hedging transactions and hedging instruments.  The Company’s futures contracts were not designated as hedges and, therefore, are marked to market each period, with corresponding gains and losses recorded in other non-operating income.  Such derivative instruments are recorded at fair value, and are included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.  See Note 7.

 

Under ASC 815, companies are required to evaluate contracts to determine whether such contracts are derivatives.  Certain contracts that meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815 may be exempted from the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC 815 as normal purchases or normal sales. The Company has elected to designate its forward purchases of corn and natural gas and forward sales of ethanol as normal purchases and normal sales under ASC 815.  Accordingly, these contracts are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements until execution.

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Newly acquired land, buildings and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally on the straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes (furniture and fixtures 3 — 20 years, machinery and equipment 5 — 25 years, storage tanks 25 — 30 years, and buildings and improvements 20 — 45 years), and on accelerated methods for tax purposes.  See Note 8.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment under the provisions of ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment.  When facts and circumstances indicate that long-lived assets used in operations may be impaired, and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated from those assets are less than their carrying values, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess of the carrying value over fair value.

 

Restricted Cash

 

Current restricted cash represents cash held to redeem the $155.0 million Notes (see Note 11).  Noncurrent restricted cash represents cash held in segregated bank accounts of the Company, which is set aside as collateral to fund certain letters of credit and utility deposits.

 

Available for sale securities

 

Available for sale securities consisted of shares of Green Plains Renewable Energy (“GPRE”) stock and were presented in the balance sheet at fair market value.  Cumulative unrealized holding gains at December 31, 2009 were presented in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” on the consolidated balance sheet.  In October 2010, the Company sold all of its available for sale securities and recognized loss of approximately $2.0 million, which includes other-than-temporary impairments of $1.8 million and a realized loss of $0.2 million, in “Loss on available-for-sale securities” on the consolidated statement of operations for the ten months ended December 31, 2010.  See Note 6.

 

Employment-Related Benefits

 

Employment-related benefits associated with pensions and postretirement health care are expensed as actuarially determined.  The recognition of expense is impacted by estimates made by management, such as discount rates used to value certain liabilities, investment rates of return on plan assets, increases in future wage amounts and future health care costs.  The Company uses third-party specialists to assist management in appropriately measuring the expense and liabilities associated with employment-related benefits.

 

The Company determines its actuarial assumptions for the pension and post retirement plans, after consultation with its actuaries, on December 31 of each year to calculate liability information as of that date and pension and postretirement expense for the following year.  The discount rate assumption is determined based on a spot yield curve that includes bonds that are rated Corporate AA or higher with maturities that match expected benefit payments under the plan.

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the projected returns for the investment mix and is determined by taking into account the expected weighted averages of the investments of the assets, the fact that the plan assets are actively managed to mitigate downside risks, the historical performance of the market in general and the historical performance of the retirement plan assets over the past ten years.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

Employee Stock Plans

 

The Company accounts for its employee stock compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”).  Stock options are expensed based on their grant date fair value. As required under the guidance, an accounting estimate of the number of shares that are expected to vest is made and then expensed utilizing the grant-date fair value of the shares from the date of grant through the end of the performance cycle period.  See Note 19.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns.  Property, plant and equipment, stock-based compensation expense, debt issuance costs and original issue discount are the primary sources of these temporary differences. Deferred income taxes also include net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards.  The Company establishes valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts it believes are realizable.  These valuation allowances and contingency reserves are adjusted based upon changing facts and circumstances. See Note 17.

 

Concentrations

 

Labor Concentration

 

Approximately 45% of the Company’s full-time employees at December 31, 2010 (comprised of the hourly employees at the Illinois facilities) are covered by a collective bargaining agreement between Aventine’s subsidiary, Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc., and the United Steelworkers International Union, Local 7-662 (the “Union”).  The collective bargaining agreement with the Union was set to expire on October 31, 2010. On October 29, 2010, the Union ratified a new collective bargaining agreement with Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc. for its hourly production workers in Pekin, Illinois. This new agreement is effective November 1, 2010 and runs through October 31, 2012. The agreement contains provisions, terms and conditions that are customary in collective bargaining agreements of this type, including, among other things, wages, hours, work assignments, management rights, seniority, arbitration and grievance procedures, benefits, vacations and holidays. The benefit and base wage packages for the currently covered employees remain substantially similar to those in the previous collective bargaining agreement; the currently covered employees will also receive lump sum annual payments of $750 in November 2010 and November 2011. Employees hired after November 1, 2010 will only be eligible for the 401(k) program as their retirement benefit. The collective bargaining agreement may not prevent a strike or work stoppage in the future, and any such work stoppage could have a material adverse affect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. There is no certainty that the current collective bargaining agreement will be extended or that a new collective bargaining agreement will be reached.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company sells ethanol to most of the major integrated oil companies, as well as a significant number of large, independent refiners and petroleum wholesalers.  Trade receivables result primarily from ethanol marketing operations.  As a general policy, collateral is not required for receivables, but customers’ financial condition and creditworthiness are evaluated regularly. Credit risk concentration related to accounts receivable resulted from the Company’s top 10 customers having generated 61.7% and 54.7% of the consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

In 2010, Buckeye Energy Services, LLC and BioUrja Trading, LLC (“BioUrja”) accounted for 17.0% and 11.0%, respectively, of the Company’s consolidated net sales.  In 2009, BioUrja and Exxon Mobil accounted for 10.5% and 11.1%, respectively, of the Company’s consolidated net sales.  No other customers in 2010 and 2009 represented more than 10% of Aventine’s consolidated net sales.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which adds new disclosure requirements for transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 in the fair value hierarchy and additional disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 fair value measurements.  This ASU also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The ASU is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2010, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity on a gross basis, which is effective as of January 1, 2011. As the new guidance only pertained to disclosures, it had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows upon adoption.  See Notes 5 for further discussion of fair value measurements.

 

4.         Net Loss Per Share

 

Basic loss per share excludes any dilution and is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted loss per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. The dilution from each of these instruments is calculated using the treasury stock method. Outstanding equity instruments that could potentially dilute basic loss per share in the future but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because they were antidilutive are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Stock options

 

108

 

2,585

 

2,584

 

3,894

 

Restricted stock units

 

173

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

281

 

2,585

 

2,584

 

3,894

 

 

The Company used the two-class method to compute basic and diluted loss per share for all periods presented. The reconciliation of the net loss, net loss attributable to common shareholders and the weighted average number of share and share equivalents used in the computations of basic and diluted loss per share for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

 

$

(25,464

)

$

(266,293

)

$

(46,260

)

$

(47,096

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares and share equivalents outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted shares

 

8,584

 

43,401

 

42,968

 

42,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share — basic and diluted

 

$

(2.97

)

$

(6.14

)

$

(1.08

)

$

(1.12

)

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, 1.2 million shares contemplated by the Plan to be distributed to holders of allowed general, unsecured claims are included in the calculation of basic loss per share. See Note 19.

 

5.         Fair Value Measurements

 

In accordance with ASC 820, the Company categorizes its investments and certain other assets and liabilities recorded at fair value into a three-level fair value hierarchy as follows:

 

·                  Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

·                  Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

·                  Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

 

Fair Value Hierarchy on a Recurring Basis

 

The following tables summarize the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments which are carried at fair value as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 - Successor

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
Using Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

34,533

 

$

34,533

 

$

 

$

 

Derivative contracts

 

$

1,081

 

$

1,081

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 - Predecessor

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
Using Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

52,585

 

$

52,585

 

$

 

$

 

Available for sale securities

 

$

5,442

 

$

5,442

 

$

 

$

 

 

The Company did not hold any financial assets requiring the use of Level 2 or Level 3 inputs at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Available for sale securities

 

The Company’s available for sale securities consisted of shares of GPRE stock. The Company estimated the fair value of its GPRE stock using unadjusted quoted market prices, and accordingly, disclosed these investments in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  The Company sold its available for sale securities during the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

The Company recorded net gains of $0.6 million, $0.0 million, $1.2 million and $17.1 million, respectively, for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 in “Gain on derivative transactions, net” on the consolidated statements of operations related to the change in the fair value of its derivative transactions.

 

In 2008, the Company recorded losses of $30.1 million from auction rate securities, which had been classified as Level 3 assets.  In addition, the Company also sold auction rate securities prior to these assets being classified as Level 3 assets and incurred a loss of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The total losses incurred by the Company in 2008 related to auction rate securities were $31.6 million.  This loss was included in “Other non-operating expenses” in the consolidated statement of operations.  The Company held no auction rate securities as of December 31, 2010 or 2009.

 

Financial instruments not reported at fair value

 

The carrying value of other financial instruments, including restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short maturities or variable-rate nature of the respective balances. The following table presents the other financial instruments that are not carried at fair value, but which require fair value disclosure as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Term loan

 

$

(200,000

)

$

(200,000

)

$

 

$

 

Notes

 

$

(155,000

)

$

(155,000

)

$

 

$

 

Senior unsecured notes

 

$

 

$

 

$

(300,000

)

$

(267,000

)

 

The term loan is at a variable rate and therefore the carrying value approximates the fair value.  The fair value of the Notes approximates fair value at December 31, 2010 based on notification of redemption on December 22, 2010. The Notes were redeemed on January 21, 2011 at 105% of their carrying value.  The fair value of the Company’s senior unsecured notes at December 31, 2009 was based upon quoted closing market prices at the end of the period.

 

6.         Investments

 

Available for sale securities

 

At December 31, 2009, available for sale securities consisted of GPRE stock.  In October 2010, the Company sold all of its available for sale securities for $4.2 million after commissions, resulting in a realized loss in the statement of operations for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 of approximately $2.0 million.

 

Prior to the sale, the Company had recognized an other-than-temporary impairment loss of $1.8 million related to this available for sale security in the statement of operations for the ten months ended December 31, 2010. The Company did not record other-than-temporary impairment losses during 2009.  During 2008, the Company recorded a loss of $2.8 million related its investment in GPRE shares, of which $1.5 million was considered to be other-than-temporary in accordance with ASC 320, Investments — Debt and Equity Securities.  In making such determination, the Company considered the lack of ability and intent to hold this security to recover its value given its liquidity situation at that time.

 

Investments in Marketing Alliances

 

The Company had previously made non-controlling investments in other ethanol producers, which were recorded on the cost basis.  All such investments were sold during 2009 with a recognized gain of $1.0 million.

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a loss of $4.3 million related to an other-than-temporary investment loss in a marketing alliance partner, which was classified as available for sale.  The 2008 loss was recorded in “Other non-operating expense” on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

7.         Derivative Instruments and Hedging

 

The Company’s operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in commodity prices.  As such, the Company has historically used various derivative financial instruments to minimize the effects of the volatility of commodity price changes primarily related to corn, natural gas, and ethanol.  The Company monitors and manages its exposure as part of its overall risk management policy.  As such, the Company seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects that the volatility of these markets may have on its operating results. The Company may take derivative positions in these commodities as one way to mitigate risk.

 

The Company is subject to market risk with respect to the price and availability of corn, the principal raw material it uses to produce ethanol and ethanol by-products.  In general, rising corn prices result in lower profit margins and, therefore, represent unfavorable market conditions.  This is especially true when market conditions do not allow the Company to pass along increased corn costs to its customers.  The availability and price of corn is subject to wide fluctuations due to unpredictable factors such as weather conditions, farmer planting decisions, governmental policies with respect to agriculture and international trade and global demand and supply.  From time to time, the Company may have firm-price purchase commitments with some of its corn suppliers under which the Company agrees to buy corn at a price set in advance of the actual delivery of that corn.  Under these arrangements, the Company assumes the risk of a price decrease in the market price of corn between the time this price is fixed and the time the corn is delivered.  The Company accounts for these transactions as normal purchases under ASC 815, and accordingly, it does not mark these transactions to market.

 

The Company periodically enters into firm-price purchase commitments with some of its natural gas suppliers under which the Company agrees to buy natural gas at a price set in advance of the actual delivery of that natural gas.  Under these arrangements, the Company assumes the risk of a price decrease in the market price of natural gas between the time this price is fixed and the time the natural gas is delivered.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not have any commitments to purchase natural gas in advance at prices other than at market.  The Company accounts for these transactions as normal purchases under ASC 815, and accordingly, it does not mark these transactions to market.

 

The Company is also subject to market risk with respect to ethanol pricing.  The Company’s ethanol sales are priced using contracts that can either be fixed, based upon the price of wholesale gasoline plus or minus a fixed amount or based upon a market price at the time of shipment.  The Company sometimes fixes the price at which it sells ethanol using fixed price physical delivery contracts.  The Company has elected to account for these transactions as normal sales transactions under ASC 815, and accordingly, it has not marked these transactions to market.

 

Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

Type

 

Balance Sheet Classification

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Corn future positions

 

Other current assets

 

$

1,081

 

$

 

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

The realized and unrealized effect on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended

 

For the Two
Months Ended

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

February 28,

 

December 31,

 

Future Positions

 

Classification

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Corn

 

Gain on derivative transactions

 

$

3,705

 

$

 

$

1,219

 

$

18,384

 

Ethanol

 

Gain on derivative transactions

 

$

(3,072

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

Gas

 

Gain on derivative transactions

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(1,274

)

 

8.         Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Land and improvements

 

$

6,593

 

$

1,659

 

Building and improvements

 

12,408

 

5,391

 

Machinery and equipment

 

136,965

 

134,164

 

Storage tanks

 

7,811

 

4,634

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

521

 

25

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(8,828

)

(50,082

)

Totals

 

$

155,470

 

$

95,791

 

Construction-in-progress

 

140,819

 

493,258

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

296,289

 

$

589,049

 

 

Depreciation expense for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $8.9 million, $2.3 million, $14.4 million and $14.5 million, respectively, and was recorded in “Cost of goods sold” on the consolidated statements of operations.  Additionally, in 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1.6 million relating to its decision to indefinitely suspend development of an additional facility in Pekin, Illinois.

 

Construction-In-Progress

 

At December 31, 2010, construction-in-progress includes $50,189 related to the construction of the Aurora West plant, $66,980 related to the construction of the Mt. Vernon plant and $17,045 related to the Canton facility acquired in August 2010.

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

9.                          Short-Term Borrowings

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s short-term borrowings:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Senior secured revolving credit facility with PNC Bank

 

$

 

$

 

Secured revolving credit facility with JP Morgan Chase Bank

 

 

27,765

 

Debtor-in-possession debt facility

 

 

15,000

 

Note payable - Kiewit

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

 

$

 

$

42,765

 

 

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility with PNC Bank

 

Pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date, the Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”) with PNC Bank, National Association, as lender and as agent (“PNC”), providing for a $20 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”).  On February 28, 2011, the Company amended the Revolving Facility which increased the maximum loan amount to $30.0 million.  The amendment requires the Company to provide cash as security for all outstanding and undrawn letters of credit but allows the Company to utilize the existing $5.0 million pledged to PNC as part of the cash required to secure the letters of credit.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company had cash secured letters of credit of $10.3 million and $3.6 million in letters of credit secured by the undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Agreement.  Upon the execution of the amendment the Company moved $3.6 million of the previously pledged $5.0 million of cash as security for the letters of credit.  The Company continues to be subject to all other terms and restrictions contained in the original agreement.

 

Amounts under the Revolving Facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed with all amounts outstanding due and payable on March 15, 2013.  The maximum amount outstanding under the Revolving Facility is limited by the amount of eligible receivables and eligible inventory of the borrowers.  The Revolving Credit Agreement contains mandatory prepayment requirements in certain circumstances upon the sale of certain collateral, subject to the ability to reborrow revolving advances.  Termination of the Revolving Facility is subject to a prepayment premium if terminated more than 90 days prior to the third anniversary of the Revolving Facility.

 

Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at the option of the Company, the alternate base rate (approximates Fed Funds Open Rate plus 0.5%) plus 3.00% or the Eurodollar rate plus 6.00%.  The Company will pay a commitment fee of 1.00% per annum for unused committed amounts under the Revolving Facility.  Interest is due monthly in arrears with respect to alternate base rate loans and at the end of each interest period with respect to Eurodollar rate loans.  For Eurodollar rate loans with interest periods greater than three months, interest is payable every three months from the first day of such interest period and on the last day of such interest period.

 

The Revolving Credit Agreement contains, and the Company and its subsidiaries will be required to comply with, customary covenants for facilities of this type, such as (i) affirmative covenants as to maintenance of existence, compliance with laws, preservation of collateral, environmental matters, insurance, payment of taxes, access to books and records, use of proceeds, maintenance of cash management systems, priority of liens in favor of the lenders, maintenance of assets and monthly, quarterly, annual and other reporting obligations, and (ii) negative covenants, including limitations on liens, additional indebtedness, loans, guarantees, dividends, nature of business, transactions with affiliates, investments, asset dispositions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, formation of subsidiaries, accounting changes and amendments to constituent documents.

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

The Revolving Credit Agreement includes customary events of default for facilities of this type, including (i) failure to pay principal, interest or other amounts when due, (ii) breach of representations and warranties, (iii) breach of covenants, (iv) bankruptcy, (v) occurrence of a material adverse effect, (vi) cross-default to other indebtedness, (vii) judgment default, (viii) invalidity of any loan document, (ix) failure of liens to be perfected, (x)  the occurrence of a change of ownership, (xi) loss of material licenses or permits, cessation of operations and the incurrence of certain Employee Retirement Income Security Act liabilities.  Upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default, the lenders may (i) terminate their commitments under the Revolving Facility, (ii) accelerate the repayment of all of the Company’s obligations under the Revolving Facility, and (iii) foreclose on the collateral granted to them.

 

The Revolving Credit Agreement grants a first priority lien (subject to certain exclusions) to PNC on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ (i) accounts receivable, (ii) general intangibles related to accounts receivable and inventory, (iii) intellectual property, (iv) inventory, (v) investment property, (vi) instruments related to the foregoing, (vii) deposit accounts, (viii) letters of credit, (ix) money, (x) letter-of-credit rights, (xi) books and records, and (xii) all proceeds of the foregoing.  In addition, in connection with the Second Amendment to the Revolving Facility, the Company also granted a lien on substantially all of its fixed assets, as described below.

 

In addition to a borrowing base collateralization consisting primarily of accounts receivable and inventories, the Revolving Facility is also collateralized by a $5.0 million restricted cash account.  The Company cannot count the $5.0 million restricted cash account in its borrowing base.

 

On August 6, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into the First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “First Amendment”) with the financial institutions party thereto as lenders and PNC.  The First Amendment amends the Revolving Credit Agreement by increasing the letter of credit sublimit under the Revolving Credit Agreement from $12.0 million to $17.0 million.  The First Amendment also modifies the capital expenditure limitations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries under the Revolving Credit Agreement and its daily inventory reporting requirements to permit PNC to agree not to require daily reporting by the borrowers of in-transit inventory.

 

Issued letters of credit reduce availability under the Revolving Facility.  If issued and outstanding letters of credit under the Revolving Facility exceed the borrowing base of eligible receivables and inventory, the Company would be required to provide additional cash collateral to cover any borrowing base shortfall.  The Company will pay a fee for issued and undrawn letters of credit at 6.00% per annum of the average daily face amount of each outstanding letter of credit and a per annum fronting fee of 0.25% payable quarterly.

 

On December 22, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into the Second Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) with the financial institutions party thereto as lenders and PNC. Under the terms of the Second Amendment, the Company and its subsidiaries granted a lien in substantially all of its fixed assets, such that the secured parties under the Revolving Facility have a second priority lien in such assets. The Second Amendment also modifies the capital expenditure limitations applicable to the Company under the Revolving Credit Agreement. Additionally, the Company is required to maintain its liquidity at equal to or greater than (1) $15.0 million on the closing date and thereafter through the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 and (2) $25.0 million during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 and thereafter, and in each case may not fall below those levels for a period of 15 consecutive days during such fiscal year. Also, the Company is required to maintain a debt to capitalization ratio of equal to or less than 0.65 to 1.00.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had $13.9 million in letters of credit outstanding, which were collateralized by $10.2 million in a restricted cash account.  Availability under the Revolving Facility was $4.1 million at December 31, 2010.

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

Secured Revolving Credit Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

At December 31, 2009, $9.6 million in letters of credit and $27.8 million in revolving loans were outstanding under the Company’s pre-petition amended secured revolving credit facility (the “Pre-Petition Revolving Facility”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and a lender.  As a result of the bankruptcy proceedings, all the commitments under the Pre-Petition Revolving Facility automatically terminated, and the principal of the loans and the reimbursement obligations then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid fees and all other obligations of the borrowers accrued under the applicable loan documents, became immediately due and payable, subject to the automatic stay provisions of Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code.  As a result, there was no longer any liquidity available to the Company under the Pre-Petition Revolving Facility.  Amounts owed at December 31, 2009 under the Pre-Petition Revolving Facility were not included in “pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise” as the secured debt was adequately collateralized by a first security lien on essentially all of the Company’s assets, except for assets of the Mt. Vernon facility.  The Company continued to accrue and pay interest on the Pre-Petition Revolving Facility in accordance with the Bankruptcy Court’s final debtor-in-possession financing order.  At December 31, 2009, the Company held a restricted cash account totaling $7.0 million providing collateral protection to the pre-petition lenders for certain outstanding letters of credit issued under the Pre-Petition Revolving Facility as provided for in a stipulation agreement among the Company, its pre-petition secured lenders, and the lenders under the Debtors’ post-petition debtor-in-possession credit facility (the “DIP Lenders”).

 

Prior to the Petition Date, borrowings on the Pre-Petition Revolving Facility generally bore interest, at the Company’s option, at the following rates (i) the Eurodollar rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin of 4.5%, with a LIBOR minimum of 3%, or (ii) the greater of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50% (with a minimum rate LIBOR plus 2.25%), plus a margin of 3.25%.  In addition, the following fees were also applicable: an unused commitment fee of 0.50% on unused borrowing availability, an outstanding letters of credit fee of 4.625%, and administrative and legal costs.

 

Effective with the Petition Date, the interest rate on the Pre-Petition Revolving Facility reverted to a default rate of 10.5% per annum, while fees for outstanding letters of credit reverted to a default rate of 6.625% per annum.  Accrued interest and other fees were paid monthly.

 

The balances owed on the Pre-Petition Revolving Facility were paid in full on the Effective Date.

 

Debtor-in-possession Credit Facility

 

On April 7, 2009, the DIP Lenders entered into a DIP term sheet for a $30 million Debtor-in-Possession Credit Facility (the “DIP Facility”) with the Debtors.

 

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had drawn $15 million on the DIP Facility.  The DIP Facility and the final DIP order provided for a first priority term loan in a maximum aggregate principal amount of up to $30 million.  Proceeds of the DIP Facility could be used, among other things, to (i) fund the working capital and general corporate needs of the Company and the costs of the bankruptcy proceedings in accordance with an approved budget, and (ii) provide adequate protection, in accordance with the terms of the DIP Facility, to the pre-petition agent and pre-petition lenders under the Company’s existing pre-petition amended secured revolving credit facility.  The DIP Facility bore interest at 16.5%.  The maturity date of the DIP Facility was April 6, 2010, or upon the occurrence of certain pre-defined events including emergence from bankruptcy.  The DIP Facility was secured by a super-priority administrative expense claim on the Company’s assets.  As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the terms of the DIP Facility.  The Company accrued and paid interest expense on this DIP Facility in accordance with the Confirmation Order.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Plan, the balances owed on the DIP Facility were paid in full on

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

the Effective Date.

 

Note payable - Kiewit

 

Pursuant to the Plan, on March 15, 2010, the Effective Date, the Company issued to Kiewit a note for a principal amount of $5.3 million, which was paid in full on April 30, 2010.

 

10.                   Other Current Liabilities

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

8,149

 

$

4,513

 

Accrued property taxes

 

892

 

817

 

Accrued sales tax

 

12

 

10

 

Other accrued operating expenses

 

1,536

 

65

 

Reserve for uncertain tax positions (see Note 17)

 

 

855

 

Accrued interest on uncertain tax positions (see Note 17)

 

 

19

 

Total short-term borrowings

 

$

10,589

 

$

6,279

 

 

11.      Long-Term Debt

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s outstanding debt at December 31:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Senior secured term loan credit agreement due December 2015 (net of discount of $8,000)

 

$

192,043

 

$

 

Senior secured 13% notes due March 2015 (including unamortized premium of $689)

 

155,689

 

 

Other

 

226

 

 

Senior unsecured 10% notes due April 2017

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

$

347,958

 

$

300,000

 

Less: current maturities of long-term debt

 

(156,118

)

 

Less: reclassification to pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise

 

 

(300,000

)

Total long-term debt, net

 

$

191,840

 

$

 

 

Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement

 

On December 22, 2010, the Company entered into a senior secured term loan credit agreement (the “Term Loan Agreement”) with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, the lenders party thereto, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Jefferies Finance LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book-runners, and Citibank, N.A. and Jefferies Finance LLC, as co-syndication agents.  Under the Term Loan Agreement, the lenders provided to the Company an aggregate principal amount $200 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”).  The Term Loan Facility was issued net of original issue discount of $8.0 million. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including that no default or event of default shall have occurred and pro forma compliance with the financial covenants after giving effect to the borrowings thereunder, the Company may request the creation of one or more new tranches of term loans or increase in the total commitments under the Term Loan Agreement in an amount up to $25 million.

 

The proceeds of loans under the Term Loan Agreement were used (1) to redeem Aventine’s 13% senior secured notes due in 2015 in the aggregate principal amount of $155.0 million at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, (2) to pay related transaction costs, fees and expenses of $5.6 million, and (3) for general corporate purposes.  On December 22, 2010, the Company

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

gave notice of redemption pursuant to the indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of the Effective Date among the Company, each of the Company’s direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, as guarantors (the “Guarantors”), and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee and collateral agent, providing that it would redeem all $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date. Concurrently with the closing of the Term Loan Agreement, the Company irrevocably deposited in trust with the trustee for the Notes, $164.8 million of the proceeds from the Term Loan Facility, funds sufficient to pay the redemption price for all $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Company redeemed such Notes on January 21, 2011.  Accordingly, the Notes and the restricted cash for payment of the Notes have been included in current liabilities and current asset, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The loans under the Term Loan Agreement will mature on December 22, 2015, and amortize in quarterly installments until maturity in an amount equal to 1% per year with the balance due at maturity.  Under the terms of the Term Loan Agreement, the Company may request, not less than 45 days prior to the then-effective maturity date, and subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, that the loans under the Term Loan Agreement be extended.  The indebtedness and obligations under the Term Loan Agreement are secured by a lien on all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, as subsidiary guarantors.  The security interest granted in the collateral constituting substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ fixed assets is first priority in nature, subject to customary exceptions, and the security interests granted in all other assets are second priority in nature and subject to customary liens and the first priority lien on such assets under the Revolving Facility.

 

Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement bear interest at (i) LIBOR plus 8.5% per annum or (ii) the alternate base rate plus 7.5% per annum.  The LIBOR rate is subject to a 2% floor.  The alternate base rate will be calculated based on the greater of (i) 3% per annum and (ii) the highest of (A) the Federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (B) the LIBOR rate for an interest period of one month plus 1%, (C) the three-month certificate of deposit rate plus 1/2 of 1%, and (D) Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate.

 

The Term Loan Agreement contains mandatory prepayment provisions associated with specified assets sales, the incurrence or issuance of certain indebtedness and certain casualty and condemnation events.  Commencing in the first quarter of 2012 with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, each year the Company will be required to apply toward the prepayment of loans under the Term Loan Facility, a portion of its excess cash flow as calculated under the terms of the Term Loan Agreement.  The portion will be 50%; however, if the leverage ratio as calculated under the Term Loan Agreement as of the last day of the then completed fiscal year is less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than 1.75:1.00, such percentage will be 25% and if the leverage ratio as calculated under the Term Loan Agreement as of the last day of the then completed fiscal year is less than or equal to 1.75:1.00, such percentage will be 0%. Additionally, if the Company makes optional prepayments of the Term Loan Facility on or prior to the first anniversary date of the closing date under the Term Loan Facility, such payment must be made at a make-whole price based on the yield to maturity of U.S. Treasury notes with a maturity closest to the first anniversary of the closing date plus 50 basis points.  Any optional prepayments made:  (1) after the first anniversary of the closing date but prior to the second anniversary of the closing date, will have a 3% prepayment premium, (2) after the second anniversary of the closing date but prior to the third anniversary of the closing date, will have a 2% prepayment premium and (d) after the third anniversary of the closing date but prior to the fourth anniversary of the closing date, will have a 1% prepayment premium.

 

The Term Loan Facility requires the Company to maintain liquidity as calculated under the Term Loan Agreement at (1) $15 million or greater on the closing date and thereafter through the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 or (2) $25 million or greater during the fiscal ending December 31, 2012 and thereafter, and in each case may not fall below those levels for a period of 15 consecutive days during such fiscal year.  Additionally, the Company is required to maintain a debt to capitalization ratio as calculated under the Term Loan Agreement of equal or less than 0.65 to 1.00.  The Term Loan Agreement also contains other customary affirmative and negative covenants concerning the conduct of the Company’s business operations, such as

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the granting of liens, mergers, consolidations and dispositions of assets, restricted payments and the payment of dividends, investments and transactions with affiliates.

 

The Term Loan Agreement contains customary events of default, including, but not limited to, failure to pay principal or interest, failure to pay or default under other material debt, misrepresentation or breach of warranty, violation of certain covenants, a change of control, the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding, the Company or its subsidiaries’ insolvency and the rendering of a judgment or judgments against the Company or its subsidiaries in excess of a specified amount individually or in the aggregate.  Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the Company’s obligations under the Term Loan Facility may be accelerated and all indebtedness thereunder would become immediately due and payable.

 

Senior Secured Notes

 

Pursuant to the Plan, on March 15, 2010, the Effective Date, the Company issued and sold an aggregate of $105 million principal amount of the Notes.  In addition, on August 19, 2010, the Company issued and sold an additional $50 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes, resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $51 million (excluding accrued interest on the Notes through the issue date).  The Notes were issued under the Indenture in private transactions that were not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  The Notes were to accrue interest at a rate of 13% for cash interest payments and 15% if the Company elected paid-in-kind interest payments.

 

The Notes were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors.  The Company was required to pay interest on the Notes quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, starting on June 15, 2010. The Notes were to mature on March 15, 2015.  The Company used the net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes to fund payments required to be made pursuant to the Plan, and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

On December 22, 2010, the Company gave notice of redemption pursuant to the Indenture providing that it will redeem all $155.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date. The redemption date for such Notes was January 21, 2011.  In connection with the redemption, the Company paid $164.8 million, of which $155.0 million related to the principal amount of the Notes, $7.8 million related to a premium on the Notes and $2.0 million related to interest on the Notes.

 

Senior Unsecured Notes

 

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding $300 million aggregate principal amount of 10.0% senior unsecured notes due 2017 (the “Old Notes”).  The Old Notes were general unsecured obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries. As a result of the bankruptcy proceedings, the outstanding principal amount of the Old Notes and accrued interest thereon became immediately due and payable, and such notes were reclassified to “pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise” (see Note 2).  As of April 7, 2009, the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the Company’s Old Notes was $300.0 million.  The Company discontinued the accrual of interest on the Old Notes beyond the Petition Date.  Contractual interest expense not recorded from April 8, 2009 through December 31, 2009 would have totaled $21.9 million.  Contractual interest expense not recorded from January 1, 2010 through March 15, 2010 would have totaled $6.3 million.

 

At emergence from bankruptcy on March 15, 2010, the Old Notes, along with $15.5 million of interest, were discharged and participated in the distribution of 6.84 million shares of new equity reserved for distribution to general unsecured claimholders.  Of the total $300 million Old Notes, $167.2 million was discharged outright in bankruptcy and $148.3 million, representing the noteholder’s relative share of the

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

total claims participating in the distribution of new equity, was discharged through the noteholder’s right to settlement through participation in the distribution of new equity.

 

Debt Maturities

 

Maturities relating to outstanding debt at December 31, 2010 for each of the five years in the period ending December 31, 2015 and thereafter are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2011

 

$

156,282

 

2012

 

596

 

2013

 

601

 

2014

 

606

 

2015

 

189,837

 

Thereafter

 

36

 

Total

 

$

347,958

 

 

12.      Interest Expense

 

The following table summarizes interest expense:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months
Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

Senior secured notes

 

$

13,211

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Term Loan Facility

 

600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior unsecured notes

 

 

 

8,083

 

30,000

 

Revolving credit facility

 

288

 

600

 

2,464

 

188

 

Debtor-in-possession debt facility

 

 

502

 

1,785

 

 

Other

 

79

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs

 

284

 

313

 

2,343

 

943

 

Other

 

33

 

7

 

22

 

5

 

Capitalized interest

 

(6,221

)

 

 

(26,059

)

Interest expense, net

 

$

8,274

 

$

1,422

 

$

14,697

 

$

5,077

 

 

During the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded $3.6 million of capitalized interest related to its capacity expansion project in Aurora, Nebraska and $2.6 million of capitalized interest related to its capacity expansion projects in Mt. Vernon, Indiana.

 

13.      Commitments and Contingencies

 

Lease Commitments

 

The Company leases certain assets such as rail cars, terminal facilities, barges, buildings and equipment from unaffiliated parties under non-cancelable operating leases.  Terms of the leases, including renewals, vary by lease. Rental expense for operating leases for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $3.6 million, $0.6 million, $9.2 million and $38.3 million, respectively.

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

The Company had capital lease obligations of $1.2 million at December 31, 2010, which were payable through 2013 at an assumed interest rate of 8.0%.  Such capital leases are recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

At December 31, 2010, minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

 

 

Minimum Rental Commitments

 

December 31, 

 

Capital

 

Operating

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2011

 

$

831

 

$

7,915

 

2012

 

371

 

7,387

 

2013

 

20

 

5,612

 

2014

 

 

3,480

 

2015

 

 

2,936

 

Thereafter

 

 

7,175

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

1,222

 

34,505

 

Less amount representing interest

 

61

 

 

 

Present value of capital lease commitments

 

$

1,161

 

$

34,505

 

 

Other Commitments

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had forward contracts to purchase approximately 220,000 tons of coal for $14.6 million, delivered.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had committed to purchase approximately 477,300 MMBtus of natural gas for $2.1 million during 2011, delivered.

 

At December 31, 2010 the Company had firm-price purchase commitments to purchase approximately 1.4 million bushels of corn through October 2011 and future contracts to purchase 3.4 million bushels of corn.  These commitments were negotiated in the normal course of business and represent a portion of our corn requirements.

 

Environmental Remediation and Contingencies

 

The Company is subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental laws, regulations and permit conditions (and interpretations thereof), including those relating to the discharge of materials into the air, water and ground, the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials, and the health and safety of the Company’s employees.  These laws, regulations, and permits require the Company to incur significant capital and other costs, including costs to obtain and maintain expensive pollution control equipment.  They may also require the Company to make operational changes to limit actual or potential impacts to the environment.  A violation of these laws, regulations or permit conditions can result in substantial fines, natural resource damages, criminal sanctions, permit revocations and/or facility shutdowns.  In addition, environmental laws and regulations (and interpretations thereof) change over time, and any such changes, more vigorous enforcement policies or the discovery of currently unknown conditions may require substantial additional environmental expenditures. As such, the Company has not accrued any amounts for environmental matters as of December 31, 2010.

 

Federal and state environmental authorities have been investigating alleged excess volatile organic compounds emissions and other air emissions from many U.S. ethanol plants, including the Company’s Illinois facilities.  The investigation relating to the Illinois wet mill facility is still pending, and the Company could be required to install additional air pollution control equipment or take other measures to control air pollutant emissions at that facility.  If authorities required such controls to be installed, the Company anticipates that costs would be higher than the approximately $3.4 million it incurred in connection with a similar investigation at its Nebraska facility due to the larger size of the Illinois wet mill

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

facility.  In addition, if the authorities determine that the Company’s emissions were in violation of applicable law, it would likely be required to pay fines that could be material.  In February 2008, the Company received a $3.0 million indemnification payment from the former owner of its Nebraska facility relating to the cost of installing environmental controls at that facility in connection with an April 2005 consent decree with state authorities.

 

The Company has made, and expects to continue making, significant capital expenditures on an ongoing basis to comply with increasingly stringent environmental laws, regulations and permits, including compliance with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (“EPA”) National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (“NESHAP”) for industrial, commercial and institutional boilers and process heaters.  This NESHAP was issued but subsequently vacated.  The vacated version of the rule required the Company to implement maximum achievable control technology at its Illinois wet mill facility to reduce hazardous air pollutant emissions from its boilers.  The Company expects the EPA will revise the rule to impose more stringent requirements than were contained in the vacated version.  In the absence of a final EPA NESHAP for industrial, commercial and institutional boilers and process heaters, the Company working with state authorities to determine what technology will be required at its Illinois wet mill facility and when such technology must be installed.  The Company currently cannot estimate the amount that will be needed to comply with any future federal or state technology requirement regarding air emissions from its boilers.

 

Litigation Matters

 

On November 6, 2008, the Company commenced an action against JP Morgan Securities, Inc. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (hereinafter collectively referred to as ‘‘JP Morgan’’) in the Tenth Judicial Circuit in Tazewell County, Illinois. The Company’s complaint relates to losses incurred of approximately $31.6 million as a result of investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities purchased through JP Morgan. At this time, the Company cannot be certain as to the outcome of this litigation.

 

From time to time, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including legal proceedings relating to the extensive environmental laws and regulations that apply to the Company’s facilities and operations. The Company is not involved in any legal proceedings, other than those described herein, that it believes could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s business, operating results or financial condition.

 

14.      Related Party Transactions

 

Pursuant to a Backstop Commitment Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2009, among the Company and Brigade Capital Management, LLC (“Brigade”), Nomura Corporate Research & Asset Management, Inc., Whitebox Advisors, LLC (“Whitebox”), Senator Investment Group LP (“Senator”) and SEACOR Capital Corporation (collectively, the “Backstop Purchasers”), the Backstop Purchasers committed to purchasing specified percentages of the Notes and 1,710,000 shares of the Company’s common stock issued and sold in the private placement that closed on March 15, 2010. Upon emergence from bankruptcy, the Backstop Purchasers received their respective percentages of the Notes and shares of the Company’s common stock (at a 3.0% discount to the $952.38 unit price), with Brigade receiving approximately 27.0% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and shares of common stock sold in the offering and Senator receiving approximately 12.0% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and shares of common stock sold in the offering.

 

Pursuant to the Plan and Confirmation Order, on March 15, 2010, the Company on the one hand, and Brigade, Whitebox and Senator (collectively, the “Majority Backstop Purchasers”) on the other hand, entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement”) with respect to the shares of common stock that, on or following the Effective Date of the Company’s Plan, were issued to (i) holders of the Old Notes that were cancelled pursuant to the Plan that

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

subscribed to the sale of the Notes and 1,710,000 shares of new common stock and (ii) the Backstop Purchasers or managed funds or accounts of the Backstop Purchasers. The Backstop Purchasers or their managed funds or accounts were holders of the Old Notes. The Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement requires the Company to file with the SEC a registration statement relating to the 1,710,000 shares of common stock and shares of common stock held by managed funds or accounts of the Backstop Purchasers no later than the 180th day following the Effective Date of the Company’s Plan and to cause such registration statement to be declared effective no later than the 365th day after the Effective Date of the Plan, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein. The Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement also provides holders of general unsecured claims that receive 10% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding after all shares of common stock to be distributed under the Plan have been distributed with certain piggyback registration rights in connection with the registration of the 1,710,000 shares of common stock and shares of stock held by managed funds or accounts of the Backstop Purchasers. The Company filed a registration statement as required under the Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement. The company filed a registration statement with the SEC on September 10, 2010, which was within the Noteholder New Equity Registration Rights Agreement specified period of 180 days following the effective date of our plan of reorganization.  However, as of the date of filing this Annual Report, the registration statement has not yet been declared effective.  Management believes that this will not have a financial impact to the Company.

 

On August 2, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into a commitment letter agreement with Brigade and Senator pursuant to which, subject to certain conditions, Brigade and Senator agreed to purchase up to an aggregate principal amount of $50 million of the Notes that were not purchased by other investors in a private placement offering on or after August 15, 2010 until September 15, 2010, at which time Brigade and Senator could have terminated the agreement if the offering had not been consummated on or before such date. In consideration for their agreement to backstop the private placement, the Company paid Brigade and Senator a commitment fee of $500,000 in the aggregate, which became payable on the closing of the offering on August 19, 2010. The Company also entered into a registration rights agreement with Brigade and Senator related to the exchange of its additional $50 million in principal amount of Notes for substantially similar notes registered under the Exchange Act. Two of the Company’s directors, Mr. Hawks and Mr. Silverman are employees of Brigade and Senator, respectively.

 

On August 6, 2010, the Company and New LIE Energy Opco, LLC, d/b/a Riverland Biofuels (“Riverland”) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed specified liabilities, of Riverland for a purchase price of $16.5 million. The assets comprise the Canton facility, and include real property at the plant site, as well as surrounding parcels. Affiliates of Whitebox, whose affiliates hold over 10% of the Notes and common stock, also held a controlling interest in Riverland and guaranteed the repayment of a $5.0 million dollar deposit the Company made in June 2010 with respect to the facility. The acquisition closed on August 6, 2010. The Purchase Agreement includes customary representations, warranties and indemnification provisions.

 

On December 22, 2010, the Company entered into the Term Loan Agreement whereby the lenders provided us an aggregate principal amount $200.0 million Term Loan Facility. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, the Company may request the creation of one or more new tranches of term loans or increase in the total commitments under the Term Loan Agreement in an amount up to $25.0 million. Two of the lenders under the Term Loan Agreement are Brigade and Senator.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

15.       Retirement and Pension Plans

 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company has 401(k) plans covering substantially all of its employees. Contributions made under the defined contribution plans include a match, at the Company’s discretion, of an employee’s contribution to the plans.  For the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, such contributions amounted to $0.6 million, $0.1 million, $0.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

 

Qualified Retirement Plan

 

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan (the “Retirement Plan”) that is noncontributory, and covers unionized employees at its Pekin, Illinois facility who fulfill minimum age and service requirements.  Benefits are based on a prescribed formula based upon the employee’s years of service.  On October 29, 2010, the Union ratified a new collective bargaining agreement with the Company for its hourly production workers in Pekin, Illinois.  This new agreement was effective November 1, 2010.  The agreement states that, among other things, employees hired after November 1, 2010 will not be eligible to participate in the Retirement Plan.  The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its Retirement Plan.

 

Changes in the benefit obligations, the fair value of the assets, the funded status and amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition were as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Changes in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

 

$

9,281

 

$

8,805

 

Service cost

 

336

 

339

 

Interest cost

 

537

 

508

 

Actuarial loss

 

683

 

20

 

Benefits paid

 

(432

)

(391

)

Benefit obligation at the end of the year

 

$

10,405

 

$

9,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at the beginning of the year

 

$

8,839

 

$

7,314

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

1,148

 

1,670

 

Employer contributions

 

753

 

246

 

Benefits paid

 

(432

)

(391

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

 

$

10,308

 

$

8,839

 

Funded surplus (deficit) at the end of the year

 

$

(97

)

$

(442

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition:

 

 

 

 

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

$

(97

)

$

(442

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

94

 

$

2,216

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

447

 

Amounts recognized

 

$

94

 

$

2,663

 

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

The fair value of plan assets, the accumulated benefit obligation and the projected benefit obligation were as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

$

10,308

 

$

8,839

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

$

10,405

 

$

9,281

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

10,405

 

$

9,281

 

 

A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost for the Retirement Plan is as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months
Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

280

 

$

56

 

$

339

 

$

288

 

Interest cost

 

450

 

87

 

508

 

496

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(578

)

(115

)

(561

)

(716

)

Amortization of net actuarial loss

 

 

14

 

178

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

7

 

42

 

42

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

$

152

 

$

49

 

$

506

 

$

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

$

1,140

 

$

8

 

$

1,669

 

$

(2,204

)

Employer contributions

 

$

671

 

$

82

 

$

246

 

$

880

 

Benefits paid

 

$

366

 

$

66

 

$

391

 

$

361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in AOCI:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (gain)/loss

 

$

94

 

$

133

 

$

(1,089

)

$

3,488

 

Amortization of net (loss)/gain

 

 

(14

)

(178

)

 

Amortization of prior service (cost)/credit

 

 

(7

)

(42

)

(43

)

Total recognized in AOCI

 

$

94

 

$

112

 

$

(1,309

)

$

3,445

 

Net amount recognized in total periodic benefit cost and AOCI

 

$

246

 

$

161

 

$

(803

)

$

3,555

 

 

The Company recognized no amortization of net actuarial loss in the ten months ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2008, as losses as of February 28, 2010 and January 1, 2008, respectively, did not exceed 10% of projected benefit obligation.

 

The Company is expected to contribute approximately $631 thousand in the year ending December 31, 2011.

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

Certain assumptions utilized in determining the projected benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months
Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year
Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.41

%

5.88

%

5.87

%

6.00

%

Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.88

%

5.87

%

6.00

%

6.50

%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

7.75

%

7.75

%

7.75

%

7.50

%

 

The Company generated actuarial losses for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily from the decrease in the discount rate used in the calculation of the benefit obligation to 5.88% at December 31, 2010 from 5.87% at February 28, 2010, 6.00% at December 31, 2009 and 6.50% at December 31, 2008.

 

Expected Benefit Payments—The following table summarizes the expected benefit payments for the Company’s plans for each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter:

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2011

 

$

434

 

2012

 

$

448

 

2013

 

$

474

 

2014

 

$

504

 

2015

 

$

527

 

2016 - 2019

 

$

3,037

 

 

Plan Assets

 

The Company’s Pension Committee is responsible for overseeing the investment of pension plan assets.  The Pension Committee is responsible for determining and monitoring the appropriate asset allocations and for selecting or replacing investment managers, trustees, and custodians.  The pension plan’s current investment target allocations are 50% equities and 50% debt.  The Pension Committee reviews the actual asset allocation in light of these targets periodically and rebalances investments as necessary.  The Pension Committee also evaluates the performance of investment managers as compared to the performance of specified benchmarks and peers and monitors the investment managers to ensure adherence to their stated investment style and to the plan’s investment guidelines.

 

Plan assets are invested using a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equity securities and debt securities are used to preserve asset values, diversify risk and achieve the Company’s target investment return benchmark. Investment strategies and asset allocations are based on careful consideration of plan liabilities, the plan’s funded status and the Company’s financial condition. Investment performance and asset allocation are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis.

 

Plan assets are managed in a balanced portfolio comprised of two major components: an equity portion and a fixed income portion. The expected role of plan equity investments is to maximize the long-term real growth of fund assets, while the role of fixed income investments is to generate current

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

income, provide for more stable periodic returns and provide some protection against a prolonged decline in the market value of fund equity investments.

 

Equity securities include U.S. and international equity, while fixed income securities include long-duration and high-yield bond funds.

 

The average asset allocations for the Retirement Plan at December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Equity securities 

 

50

%

54

%

54

%

Debt securities

 

50

%

46

%

46

%

Total

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

The following table presents the categorization of plan assets, measured at fair value as of December 31, 2010:

 

Asset Category

 

Market Value at
12/31/10

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)

 

Significant
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

 

Large Cap U.S. Equity Securities (a)

 

$

3,016

 

$

 

$

3,016

 

$

 

Small/Mid Cap U.S. Equity Securities (b)

 

$

735

 

$

 

$

735

 

$

 

International Equity Securities (c)

 

$

162

 

$

 

$

162

 

$

 

Real Estate Mutual Fund (d)

 

$

1,261

 

$

 

$

1,261

 

$

 

Debt Securities (e)

 

$

5,134

 

$

 

$

5,134

 

$

 

Total Pension Assets

 

$

10,308

 

$

 

$

10,308

 

$

 

 

The following table presents the categorization of plan assets, measured at fair value as of December 31, 2009:

 

Asset Category

 

Market Value at
12/31/09

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)

 

Significant
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

 

Large Cap U.S. Equity Securities (a)

 

$

2,996

 

$

 

$

2,996

 

$

 

Small/Mid Cap U.S. Equity Securities (b)

 

$

572

 

$

 

$

572

 

$

 

International Equity Securities (c)

 

$

1,047

 

$

 

$

1,047

 

$

 

Real Estate Mutual Fund (d)

 

$

145

 

$

 

$

145

 

$

 

Debt Securities (e)

 

$

4,079

 

$

 

$

4,079

 

$

 

Total Pension Assets

 

$

8,839

 

$

 

$

8,839

 

$

 

 


(a)          This category includes investments in funds comprised of equity securities of large U.S. companies.  The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the fund.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

(b)         This category includes investments in funds comprised of equity securities of small and medium sized U.S. companies.  The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the fund.

 

(c)          This category includes investments in funds comprised of equity securities of foreign companies including emerging markets.  The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the fund.

 

(d)         This category includes investments in funds comprised of a single mutual fund which invests in real estate.  The funds are valued using a publicly quoted market price of the mutual fund, although the value of the separate account is not publicly available.

 

(e)          This category includes investments in funds comprised of U.S. and foreign investment grade fixed income securities, high yield fixed income securities that are rated below investment grade, U.S. treasury securities, mortgage backed securities and other asset backed securities.  The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the fund.

 

16.       Postretirement Benefit Obligation

 

The Company sponsors a health care plan and life insurance plan (“Postretirement Plan”) that provides postretirement medical benefits and life insurance to certain “grandfathered” unionized employees.  Employees hired after December 31, 2000 are not eligible to participate in the Postretirement Plan. The plan is contributory, with contributions required at the same rate as active employees.  Benefit eligibility under the plan reduces at age 65 from a defined benefit to a defined dollar cap based upon years of service.

 

On December 31, 2010, the annual measurement date, the Postretirement Plan had an accumulated benefit obligation of $2.2 million, which is greater than the accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2009 of $2.0 million.  The Postretirement Plan is unfunded and has no assets.

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

Changes in the benefit obligations, the fair value of the assets, the funded status and amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition were as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Changes in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

 

$

2,023

 

$

1,863

 

Service cost

 

67

 

76

 

Interest cost

 

115

 

111

 

Actuarial loss

 

38

 

6

 

Benefits paid

 

(37

)

(32

)

Benefit obligation at the end of the year

 

$

2,206

 

$

2,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at the beginning of the year

 

$

 

$

 

Employer contributions

 

37

 

32

 

Benefits paid

 

(37

)

(32

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

 

$

 

$

 

Funded surplus (deficit) at the end of the year

 

$

(2,206

)

$

(2,023

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition:

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

(34

)

(38

)

Noncurrent liabilities

 

(2,172

)

(1,985

)

Amounts recognized

 

$

(2,206

)

$

(2,023

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Net (gain)/loss

 

$

152

 

$

(537

)

 

A summary of the components of net periodic postretirement cost for the Postretirement Plan for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months
Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Components of net postretirement benefit cost (credit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

54

 

$

12

 

$

76

 

$

76

 

Interest cost

 

95

 

20

 

111

 

106

 

Amortization of net actuarial loss

 

 

(4

)

(36

)

(38

)

Net postretirement pension cost

 

$

149

 

$

28

 

$

150

 

$

143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other changes in benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss/(gain)

 

$

152

 

$

(113

)

$

6

 

$

(627

)

Amortization of net loss

 

 

4

 

36

 

38

 

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

$

152

 

$

(110

)

$

42

 

$

(589

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount recognized in post-retirement benefit cost and accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

$

301

 

$

(82

)

$

192

 

$

(445

)

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic postretirement cost and recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows at December 31:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Unfunded status

 

$

(2,206

)

$

(2,022

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in:

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

(34

)

$

(38

)

Long-term liabilities

 

$

(2,172

)

$

(1,984

)

Deferred taxes

 

$

 

$

(209

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized net actuarial loss (gain)

 

$

152

 

$

(537

)

 

The Company does not expect to recognize amortization of net actuarial loss in 2011.

 

The weighted-average discount rate used to determine net periodic postretirement benefit cost was 5.4% at for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, 5.9% for the two months ended February 28, 2010 and 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Expected Benefit Payments— The following table summarizes the expected benefit payments for the Company’s plan for each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years and thereafter:

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2011

 

$

34

 

2012

 

$

41

 

2013

 

$

71

 

2014

 

$

97

 

2015

 

$

85

 

2016 - 2019

 

$

722

 

 

For purposes of determining the cost and obligation for pre-Medicare postretirement medical benefits, a 7.80% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., health care trend rate) was assumed for the plan in 2010, declining to a rate of 5.70% in 2019.  Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans.  A one percent change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have had the following effects:

 

 

 

1% Increase

 

1% Decrease

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

 

$

14

 

$

13

 

$

(12

)

$

(11

)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

 

$

176

 

$

156

 

$

(154

)

$

(130

)

 

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

 

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) was enacted, potentially impacting the Company’s cost to provide healthcare benefits to its eligible active and retired employees.  The PPACA has both short-term and long-term implications on benefit plan standards.  Implementation of this legislation is planned to occur in phases, beginning in 2010, but to a greater extent with the 2011 benefit plan year and extending through 2018.

 

F-44


 

 


Table of Contents

 

17.       Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 consists of the following:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Current expense (benefit)

 

$

881

 

$

(626

)

$

(6,193

)

$

(10,616

)

Deferred expense (benefit)

 

(910

)

 

(2,845

)

3,118

 

Interest income (expense)

 

 

 

82

 

26

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

(29

)

$

(626

)

$

(8,956

)

$

(7,472

)

 

Reconciliation of differences between the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate follows for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended

 

For the Two
Months Ended

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

February 28, 2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands, except percentages)

 

Income tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate

 

$

(8,922

)

35.0

%

$

(93,422

)

35.0

%

$

(19,325

)

35.0

%

$

(19,099

)

35.0

%

Increase/(decrease) in taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

 

(1,020

)

4.0

 

(10,677

)

4.0

 

(2,079

)

3.7

 

(1,994

)

3.7

 

Recognition of previously unrecognized uncertain tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

(0.2

)

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

(678

)

1.2

 

(927

)

1.7

 

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowances

 

23,057

 

(90.4

)

140,351

 

(52.6

)

10,064

 

(18.2

)

16,142

 

(29.6

)

Deferred tax adjustments

 

(14,133

)

55.4

 

(21

)

0.0

 

 

 

(270

)

0.5

 

Non-deductible reorganization expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,869

 

(3.4

)

 

 

Indemnification proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,185

)

2.2

 

Domestic permanent difference

 

719

 

(2.8

)

(36,857

)

13.8

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

270

 

(1.1

)

 

 

 

 

1,051

 

(1.9

)

(139

)

0.2

 

Income tax expense/(benefit)

 

$

(29

)

0.1

%

$

(626

)

0.2

%

$

(8,956

)

16.2

%

$

(7,472

)

13.7

%

 

Deferred income taxes included in the consolidated balance sheets reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the carrying amount for income tax return purposes.

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Current deferred tax asset

 

$

6,115

 

$

3,305

 

Valuation allowance

 

(5,927

)

(2,326

)

Net current deferred tax asset

 

$

188

 

$

979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current deferred tax liability

 

$

1,516

 

$

979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Partnership investment

 

$

6,414

 

$

4,744

 

Benefit obligations

 

 

61

 

Unrealized gain on bankruptcy

 

194

 

 

Basis of property, plant and equipment

 

 

4,759

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

1,031

 

Other

 

 

207

 

Long-term deferred tax liability

 

$

6,608

 

$

10,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Basis of property, plant and equipment

 

$

150,410

 

$

 

Debt issuance costs and original issue discount

 

30,325

 

 

Capital losses

 

3,763

 

13,739

 

State NOL’s

 

2,977

 

1,568

 

Stock-based compensation

 

2,828

 

5,793

 

Benefit obligations

 

762

 

 

Investment in marketing alliances

 

689

 

1,213

 

Unrealized loss on bankruptcy

 

 

9,633

 

Valuation allowance

 

(185,844

)

(24,080

)

Long-term deferred tax assets

 

$

5,910

 

$

7,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net long-term deferred tax asset (liability)

 

$

(2,026

)

$

(2,936

)

 

The deferred tax provision at December 31, 2010, February 28, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, does not reflect the tax effect of $0.1 million, $0.0 million, $0.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively, resulting from the pension and other postretirement liability components included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company has recorded valuation allowance of $191.8 million and $26.4 million, respectively, on its deferred tax assets to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that management believes is more likely than not to be realized.  Management considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.  The deferred tax assets subject to the valuation allowance primarily include tax benefits associated with capital loss on securities, stock-based compensation, basis of property, plant and equipment, debt issuance costs and original issuance discount and state income tax net operating loss carryforwards.

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

Valuation allowances on deferred tax accounts deducted from the respective deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

 

 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

 

Charged to
Cost and
Expenses

 

Charged to
Other
Accounts

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of
Period

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Successor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax valuation

 

$

166,460

 

$

23,057

 

$

2,254

 

$

 

$

191,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended February 28, 2010 (Predecessor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax valuation

 

$

26,406

 

$

140,351

 

$

(297

)

$

 

$

166,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax valuation

 

$

17,345

 

$

10,064

 

$

(1,003

)

$

 

$

26,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008 (Predecessor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax valuation

 

$

1,203

 

$

16,142

 

$

 

$

 

$

17,345

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had deferred state tax benefits of $3.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively, relating to state net operating loss carryforwards, which are available to offset future state taxable income through 2031.  Due to uncertainties regarding realization of the tax benefits, a valuation allowance of $3.0 million and $1.6 million had been applied against the deferred state tax benefits at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had a capital loss carryforward of $3.8 million and $13.7 million, respectively, which are available to offset future consolidated capital gains.  Due to uncertainties regarding the realization of the capital loss carryforward, a valuation allowance of $3.8 million and $13.7 million had been applied against the deferred tax benefit at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $0.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, all of which would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized.  Unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in other current liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year
Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

105

 

$

874

 

$

874

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

 

 

 

Reductions based on tax positions taken in previous years

 

 

 

 

Additions based on tax positions taken in previous years

 

 

 

2,297

 

Settlements

 

(3

)

(709

)

(2,297

)

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

102

 

$

105

 

$

874

 

 

The Company includes the interest expense or income, as well as potential penalties on unrecognized tax benefits, as components of income tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.  The total amount of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions, net of the deferred tax benefit, at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $19 thousand and $19 thousand, respectively.

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

The Company files a federal and various state income tax returns. The Company’s federal income tax returns for 2007 to 2009 are open tax years under the statute of limitations.  The Company’s federal income tax return for 2008 has been audited.  The Company files in numerous state jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations open from 2006 to 2009.

 

18.                     Warrants

 

In connection with the Plan, holders of allowed Class 9(a) equity interests received warrants to purchase up to an aggregate amount of 450,000 shares of common stock of the successor company at an exercise price initially set at $40.94, subject to adjustment exercisable through the earlier of March 15, 2015, or upon the occurrence of an acceleration event.  Events which would result in adjustment to the exercise price of the warrants would include a merger of the Company into or a consolidation of the Company with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger of another entity into the company.  Each warrant entitles the registered owner thereof to purchase one share of common stock of the successor company.  As of December 31, 2010, holders of the warrants had exercised 368 of the warrants.

 

As provided in ASC 825-20, the warrants are considered equity because they can only be physically settled in company shares, can be settled in unregistered shares, the company has adequate authorized shares to settle the outstanding warrants and each warrant is fixed in terms of settlement to one share of company stock subject only to remote contingency adjustment factors designed to assure the relative value in terms of shares remains fixed.

 

19.       Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

The Equity Incentive Plan

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company maintained one stock-based compensation plan, the Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”).  The Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by the Board effective March 15, 2010, and provides for the grant of awards in the form of stock options, restricted stock or units, stock appreciation rights and other equity-based awards to directors, officers, employees and consultants or advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees and consultants or advisors) of the Company or its affiliates at the discretion of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Compensation Committee of the Board.  The term of awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan is determined by the Board or by the Compensation Committee of the Board, and cannot exceed ten years from the date of the grant.  The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Equity Compensation Plan is limited to 855,000.  Unless terminated sooner, the Equity Incentive Plan will continue in effect until March 15, 2020.

 

The Predecessor Plan

 

The Predecessor’s stock-based compensation plan, 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Predecessor Plan”) was adopted by the Predecessor’s Board effective May 30, 2003, and was amended on each of September 6, 2005, December 12, 2005, March 22, 2007 and April 16, 2007.  The Predecessor Plan provided for the grant of awards in the form of stock options, restricted shares or units, stock appreciation rights and other equity-based awards to directors, officers, employees and consultants at the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board.  The Predecessor’s Plan was terminated by the Predecessor Board on February 23, 2010 pursuant to Article 16 of the Predecessor’s Plan.  Upon emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection, the Plan resulted in the cancellation of the existing equity securities.  As of the Effective Date, 1,573 options, 65 restricted stock units, and 76 restricted shares (all in thousands) were cancelled.  The Company recognized $277 thousand of stock-based compensation expense during the two months ended February 28, 2010 and the remaining $2.4 million of unrecognized expense was recorded as part of the Plan effects.

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

Pre-tax stock-based compensation expense for the ten months ended December 31, 2010 was approximately $7.8 million, which was charged to selling, general and administrative expense.   For the two months ended February 28, 2010, the Predecessor recognized $277 thousand of pre-tax stock-based compensation expense, of which $86 thousand was charged to cost of sales and $191 thousand was charged to selling, general and administrative expense.  Pre-tax stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was approximately $2.5 million, of which $0.4 million was charged to cost of goods sold and $2.1 million was charged to selling, general and administrative expense.   Pre-tax stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately $5.7 million, of which $0.1 million was charged to cost of goods sold and $5.6 million was charged to selling, general and administrative expense.

 

The Company recorded pre-tax stock-based compensation expense for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, the year ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months
Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Stock-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-qualified options

 

$

3.2

 

$

0.3

 

$

2.2

 

$

5.5

 

Restricted stock

 

2.6

 

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

Restricted stock units

 

2.0

 

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

Long-term incentive plan

 

 

 

 

(0.4

)

Total

 

$

7.8

 

$

0.3

 

$

2.5

 

$

5.7

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had not yet recognized compensation expense on the following non-vested awards:

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Non-recognized
Compensation

 

Average
Remaining
Recognition
Period

 

Non-recognized
Compensation

 

Average
Remaining
Recognition
Period

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

(In years)

 

(In millions)

 

(In years)

 

Non-qualified options

 

$

2.2

 

0.9

 

$

2.0

 

0.9

 

Restricted stock

 

0.8

 

0.8

 

0.4

 

0.2

 

Restricted stock units

 

2.4

 

0.8

 

 

0.1

 

Total

 

$

5.4

 

0.8

 

$

2.4

 

0.8

 

 

The Company values its share-based payments awards using a form of the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model (the “Option Pricing Model”).  The determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using the Option Pricing Model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as the input of other subjective assumptions, of which the most significant are, expected stock price volatility, the expected pre-vesting forfeiture rate and the expected option term (the amount of time from the grant date until the options are exercised or expire).   The Company estimated volatility by considering, among other things, the historical volatilities of public companies engaged in similar industries.  Pre-vesting forfeitures are estimated to be 0% due to the nature of the vesting schedules for the limited number of grants made to executives.  The expected option term is calculated using the “simplified” method permitted by ASC 718.  The Company’s options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates.

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

The determination of the fair value of the stock option awards, using the Option Pricing Model for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, incorporated the assumptions in the following table for stock options granted:

 

 

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

For the Ten
Months Ended
December 31,

 

For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Expected stock price volatility

 

63.13% - 85.53%

 

 

58

%

58

%

Expected life (in years)

 

3-6

 

 

6.5

 

6.5

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.57% -2.42%

 

 

2.17

%

4.52

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0%

 

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

Weighted average fair value

 

$

16.47  

 

 

$

0.10

 

$

4.16

 

 

The following table summarizes stock options outstanding and changes during the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

Share
(in thousands)

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining Life
(years)

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

 

Predecessor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding — January 1, 2008

 

3,516

 

$

8.10

 

7.4

 

$

7,911

 

Options exercisable — January 1, 2008

 

1,234

 

$

3.77

 

6.5

 

$

8,120

 

Granted

 

568

 

$

6.85

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled or expired

 

(190

)

$

14.31

 

 

 

Options outstanding — December 31, 2008

 

3,894

 

$

7.62

 

6.7

 

$

422

 

Options exercisable — December 31, 2008

 

2,059

 

$

4.83

 

5.7

 

$

405

 

Granted

 

50

 

$

0.18

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(85

)

$

0.23

 

 

 

Cancelled or expired

 

(1,274

)

$

13.02

 

 

 

Options outstanding — December 31, 2009

 

2,585

 

$

5.05

 

3.7

 

$

130

 

Options exercisable — December 31, 2009

 

2,070

 

$

3.86

 

2.7

 

$

121

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled or expired

 

2,070

 

$

3.86

 

 

 

Options outstanding — February 28, 2010

 

 

 

 

$

 

Options exercisable — February 28, 2010

 

 

 

 

$

 

Successor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

326

 

$

43.85

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled or expired

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding — December 31, 2010

 

326

 

$

43.85

 

9.5

 

$

 

Options exercisable — December 31, 2010

 

107

 

$

44.74

 

9.6

 

$

 

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

Restricted stock award activity for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is summarized below:

 

 

 

Shares
(in thousands)

 

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
per Award

 

Predecessor:

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock awards — January 1, 2008

 

75.9

 

$

16.69

 

Granted

 

 

 

Vested

 

(16.8

)

17.41

 

Cancelled or expired

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock awards — December 31, 2008

 

59.1

 

$

15.97

 

Granted

 

 

 

Vested

 

(16.8

)

17.41

 

Cancelled or expired

 

(3.0

)

17.29

 

Unvested restricted stock awards — December 31, 2009

 

39.3

 

$

15.26

 

Granted

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

Cancelled or expired

 

(39.3

)

15.26

 

Unvested restricted stock awards — February 28, 2010

 

 

$

 

Successor:

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

123.0

 

27.27

 

Vested

 

(62.0

)

25.80

 

Cancelled or expired

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock awards — December 31, 2010

 

61.0

 

$

28.75

 

 

Restricted stock units represent the right to receive a share of stock in the future, provided that the restrictions and conditions designated have been satisfied. Restricted stock unit award activity for the ten months ended December 31, 2010, the two months ended February 28, 2010, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is summarized below:

 

 

 

Shares
(in thousands)

 

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
per Award

 

Predecessor:

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock unit awards — January 1, 2008

 

18.0

 

$

15.85

 

Granted

 

46.5

 

6.88

 

Vested

 

(18.0

)

15.85

 

Cancelled or expired

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock unit awards — December 31, 2008

 

46.5

 

$

6.88

 

Granted

 

 

 

Vested

 

(32.4

)

7.55

 

Cancelled or expired

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock unit awards — December 31, 2009

 

14.1

 

$

5.33

 

Granted

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

Cancelled or expired

 

(14.1

)

5.33

 

Unvested restricted stock unit awards — February 28, 2010

 

 

$

 

Successor:

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

173.0

 

25.53

 

Vested

 

(21.0

)

24.94

 

Cancelled or expired

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock unit awards — December 31, 2010

 

152.0

 

$

25.62

 

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Shares
(in thousands)

 

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
per Award

 

Successor:

 

 

 

 

 

Vested restricted stock unit awards — February 28, 2010

 

 

$

 

Vested

 

21.0

 

24.94

 

Converted into shares of common stock

 

 

 

Vested restricted stock unit awards — December 31, 2010

 

21.0

 

$

24.94

 

 

20.          Asset Purchase Agreement

 

On August 6, 2010, the Company and Riverland entered into the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed specified liabilities, of Riverland for a purchase price of $16.5 million.  The assets comprised a 38 mgpy nameplate ethanol production facility located in Canton, Illinois and included real property at the plant site as well as surrounding parcels.  Affiliates of certain holders of the Company’s debt and equity securities hold a controlling interest in Riverland.  The acquisition closed on August 6, 2010.  The Purchase Agreement includes customary representations, warranties and indemnification provisions. The assets acquired have been included in construction in progress, as additional capital expenditures are necessary prior to putting them into service.

 

21.          Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

Successor

 

 

 

2010 Fiscal Quarter

 

 

 

Two Months
Ended

February 28

 

One Month
Ended

March 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Net sales

 

$

77,675

 

$

36,974

 

$

96,904

 

$

97,460

 

$

139,221

 

Gross profit (loss)

 

$

10,989

 

$

(341

)

$

1,453

 

$

7,022

 

$

12,674

 

Net loss(1)

 

$

(266,293

)

$

(7,100

)

$

(9,259

)

$

(6,641

)

$

(2,464

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(6.14

)

$

(0.82

)

$

(1.06

)

$

(0.76

)

$

(0.29

)

Diluted

 

$

(6.14

)

$

(0.82

)

$

(1.06

)

$

(0.76

)

$

(0.29

)

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

2009 Fiscal Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

236,536

 

$

118,121

 

$

118,116

 

$

121,850

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

 

$

(21,428

)

$

105

 

$

7,835

 

$

22,207

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(24,567

)

$

(48,935

)

$

13,886

 

$

13,356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.57

)

$

(1.14

)

$

0.32

 

$

0.31

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.57

)

$

(1.14

)

$

0.32

 

$

0.31

 

 

 

 


(1)  During the two months ended February 28, 2010, the Company recognized a $387,655 loss due to fresh start accounting adjustments and a $136,574 gain due to plan effects.  See Note 2.

 

F-52


 

 


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 (Successor) and 2009 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 (Successor), two-month period ended February 28, 2010 (Predecessor) and years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (Predecessor). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2010 (Successor) and 2009 (Predecessor), and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 (Successor), two-month period ended February 28, 2010 (Predecessor) and years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (Predecessor), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, on February 24, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Plan of Reorganization, which became effective on March 15, 2010. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with Accounting Standards Codification 852, Reorganizations, for the Successor Company as a new entity with assets, liabilities and a capital structure having carrying amounts not comparable with prior periods, as described in Note 2.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 16, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

St. Louis, Missouri

March 16, 2011

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc.

 

We have audited Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc.’s (the Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 (Successor) and 2009 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 (Successor), two-month period ended February 28, 2010 (Predecessor) and years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (Predecessor). Our report dated March 16, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

St. Louis, Missouri

March 16, 2011

 

F-54



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

2.1

 

Debtor’s First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code Dated as of January 13, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2010).

 

 

 

2.2

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 6, 2010, between New CIE Energy Opco, LLC and Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of Aventine’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on September 10, 2010).

 

 

 

3.1

 

Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of March 15, 2010, among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, and form of note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 15, 2010, by and among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., Brigade Capital Management, LLC, Whitebox Advisors LLC and Senator Investment Group LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).

 

 

 

4.3

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 15, 2010, by and among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy — Aurora West, LLC, Nebraska Energy, L.L.C., Aventine Renewable Energy — Mt. Vernon, LLC, Aventine Power, LLC, Brigade Capital Management, LLC, Whitebox Advisors LLC, and Senator Investment Group LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Warrant Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as warrant agent (including the form of Warrant Certificate set forth in Exhibit A thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).

 

 

 

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2010, by and among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy—Aurora West, LLC, Nebraska Energy, L.L.C., Aventine Renewable Energy—Mt. Vernon, LLC, Aventine Power, LLC, Brigade Capital Management, LLC and Senator Investment Group LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Aventine’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on September 10, 2010).

 

88



Table of Contents

 

10.1

 

Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2010, among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy — Aurora West, LLC, Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy — Mt. Vernon, LLC, Aventine Power, LLC and Nebraska Energy, L.L.C., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as lender and as agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Aventine’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on December 14, 2010).

 

 

 

10.2

 

First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2010, among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy—Aurora West, LLC, Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy—Mt. Vernon, LLC, Aventine Power, LLC and Nebraska Energy, L.L.C., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as lender and as agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Aventine’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on December 14, 2010).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).

 

 

 

10.4

 

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.5

 

Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. Director Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Thomas Manuel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Benjamin Borgen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.8

 

Stock Option Agreement, dated March 15, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Thomas Manuel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Benjamin Borgen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.10

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated March 15, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Thomas Manuel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.11

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Benjamin Borgen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.12

 

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated March 15, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Thomas Manuel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.13

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2010).*

 

89



Table of Contents

 

10.14

 

Short Form Contract, dated April 23, 2010, between Fagen, Inc. and Aventine Renewable Energy — Aurora West, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2010).†

 

 

 

10.15

 

Short Form Contract, dated May 4, 2010, between Fagen, Inc. and Aventine Renewable Energy — Mt. Vernon, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2010).†

 

 

 

10.16

 

Construction Agreement, dated May 14, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy — Aurora West, L.L.C. and Fagen, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2010).†

 

 

 

10.17

 

Construction Agreement, dated May 17, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy — Mt. Vernon, L.L.C. and Fagen, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2010).†

 

 

 

10.18

 

Employment Agreement, dated May 5, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and John Castle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.19

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and John Castle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.20

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and John Castle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.21

 

Letter of Intent, dated June 10, 2010, among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., New CIE Energy Opco, LLC Whitebox Credit Arbitrage Fund, L.P. and Whitebox Credit Arbitrage Fund, LTD. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2010).*

 

 

 

10.22

 

Backstop Commitment Agreement, dated August 2, 2010, among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy—Aurora West, LLC, Aventine Renewable Energy—Mt. Vernon, LLC, Aventine Power, LLC and Nebraska Energy, L.L.C., Brigade Capital Management, LLC and Senator Investment Group LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of Aventine’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on September 10, 2010).

 

 

 

10.23

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006 by and between the Indiana Port Commission and Aventine Renewable Energy — Mt. Vernon, LLC (“Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Aventine’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 5, 2007).

 

 

 

10.23.1

 

First Amendment to Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to Aventine’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 5, 2008).

 

 

 

10.23.2

 

Second Amendment to Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 to Aventine’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 5, 2008).

 

90



Table of Contents

 

10.23.3

 

Third Amendment to Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 to Aventine’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 5, 2008).

 

 

 

10.23.4

 

Fourth Amendment to Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.4 to Aventine’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009).

 

 

 

10.23.5

 

Fifth Amendment to Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.5 to Aventine’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009).

 

 

 

10.23.6

 

Sixth Amendment to Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.6 to Aventine’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009).

 

 

 

10.23.7

 

Seventh Amendment to Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Aventine’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 10, 2009).

 

 

 

10.23.8

 

Eighth Amendment to Mt. Vernon Lease Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23.8 of Aventine’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on September 10, 2010).

 

 

 

10.24

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2010, between Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and Benjamin Borgen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of Aventine’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on December 14, 2010).

 

 

 

10.25

 

Agreement Relating to Master Development Agreement, Grain Supply Agreements and Real Estate Option, dated as of March 23, 2010, by and among Nebraska Energy, LLC, Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy—Aurora West LLC and Aurora Cooperative Elevator Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of Aventine’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on December 14, 2010).

 

 

 

10.26

 

Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc. and Affiliates Key Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of Aventine’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-169301) filed on December 14, 2010).†

 

 

 

10.27

 

Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2010 among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., as borrower, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the other lenders party thereto, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Jefferies Finance LLC as joint lead arrangers and joint book-runners, and Citibank, N.A. and Jefferies Finance LLC, as co-syndication agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2010).

 

 

 

10.28

 

Second Amendment and Joinder to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of December 22, 2010 among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. and PNC Bank National Association, as agent for lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2010).

 

91



Table of Contents

 

10.29

 

Third Amendment to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2011, among Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy - Aurora West, LLC, Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc., Aventine Renewable Energy - Mt. Vernon, LLC, Aventine Power, LLC, Nebraska Energy, L.L.C., and Aventine Renewable Energy — Canton, LLC, as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as lender and as agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Aventine’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2011).

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant.

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certificate of Chief Executive Officer of Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certificate of Chief Financial Officer of Aventine Renewable Energy Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 


*                               Compensatory plan or arrangement.

                                Portions of the Exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

 

92